WO2019087884A1 - Composition, antimicrobial composition, antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray and wiper - Google Patents

Composition, antimicrobial composition, antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray and wiper Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019087884A1
WO2019087884A1 PCT/JP2018/039436 JP2018039436W WO2019087884A1 WO 2019087884 A1 WO2019087884 A1 WO 2019087884A1 JP 2018039436 W JP2018039436 W JP 2018039436W WO 2019087884 A1 WO2019087884 A1 WO 2019087884A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
composition
compound
formula
acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/039436
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
寛記 杉浦
知昭 吉岡
尚俊 佐藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2019551184A priority Critical patent/JPWO2019087884A1/en
Publication of WO2019087884A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019087884A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N25/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests
    • A01N25/02—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests containing liquids as carriers, diluents or solvents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N25/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests
    • A01N25/02—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests containing liquids as carriers, diluents or solvents
    • A01N25/04—Dispersions, emulsions, suspoemulsions, suspension concentrates or gels
    • A01N25/06—Aerosols
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N25/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests
    • A01N25/34—Shaped forms, e.g. sheets, not provided for in any other sub-group of this main group
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N31/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic oxygen or sulfur compounds
    • A01N31/08—Oxygen or sulfur directly attached to an aromatic ring system
    • A01N31/16—Oxygen or sulfur directly attached to an aromatic ring system with two or more oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached to the same aromatic ring system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N35/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having two bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. aldehyde radical
    • A01N35/04—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having two bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. aldehyde radical containing aldehyde or keto groups, or thio analogues thereof, directly attached to an aromatic ring system, e.g. acetophenone; Derivatives thereof, e.g. acetals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N37/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids
    • A01N37/36—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids containing at least one carboxylic group or a thio analogue, or a derivative thereof, and a singly bound oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the same carbon skeleton, this oxygen or sulfur atom not being a member of a carboxylic group or of a thio analogue, or of a derivative thereof, e.g. hydroxy-carboxylic acids
    • A01N37/38—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids containing at least one carboxylic group or a thio analogue, or a derivative thereof, and a singly bound oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the same carbon skeleton, this oxygen or sulfur atom not being a member of a carboxylic group or of a thio analogue, or of a derivative thereof, e.g. hydroxy-carboxylic acids having at least one oxygen or sulfur atom attached to an aromatic ring system
    • A01N37/40—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most two bonds to halogen, e.g. carboxylic acids containing at least one carboxylic group or a thio analogue, or a derivative thereof, and a singly bound oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the same carbon skeleton, this oxygen or sulfur atom not being a member of a carboxylic group or of a thio analogue, or of a derivative thereof, e.g. hydroxy-carboxylic acids having at least one oxygen or sulfur atom attached to an aromatic ring system having at least one carboxylic group or a thio analogue, or a derivative thereof, and one oxygen or sulfur atom attached to the same aromatic ring system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N41/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a sulfur atom bound to a hetero atom
    • A01N41/02—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing organic compounds containing a sulfur atom bound to a hetero atom containing a sulfur-to-oxygen double bond
    • A01N41/04—Sulfonic acids; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N43/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A01N43/02—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one or more oxygen or sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • A01N43/04—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one or more oxygen or sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms with one hetero atom
    • A01N43/14—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one or more oxygen or sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms with one hetero atom six-membered rings
    • A01N43/16—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one or more oxygen or sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms with one hetero atom six-membered rings with oxygen as the ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N43/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A01N43/34—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • A01N43/40—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom six-membered rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N43/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds
    • A01N43/64—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing heterocyclic compounds having rings with three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N61/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators containing substances of unknown or undetermined composition, e.g. substances characterised only by the mode of action
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/045—Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
    • A61K31/05—Phenols
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/11—Aldehydes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/166—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the carbon of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. procainamide, procarbazine, metoclopramide, labetalol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/216—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acids having aromatic rings, e.g. benactizyne, clofibrate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/235—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids having an aromatic ring attached to a carboxyl group
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/35—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/352—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. methantheline 
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4412—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/53—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with three nitrogens as the only ring hetero atoms, e.g. chlorazanil, melamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
    • A61K47/10—Alcohols; Phenols; Salts thereof, e.g. glycerol; Polyethylene glycols [PEG]; Poloxamers; PEG/POE alkyl ethers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/06—Ointments; Bases therefor; Other semi-solid forms, e.g. creams, sticks, gels
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/08—Solutions
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10—Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/12—Aerosols; Foams
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a composition, an antimicrobial composition, an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray, and a wiper.
  • Viruses unlike bacteria having a cell structure and microorganisms such as fungi, have no cell structure and are a structure having a genome in a coat protein called capsid. Viruses are roughly divided into two types depending on whether the genome is DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) or RNA (ribonucleic acid), and the enveloped virus is composed of an envelope consisting of a lipid bilayer and a capsid consisting of a lipid bilayer membrane, and the non-enveloped case. It is further classified according to whether it is a membrane virus.
  • DNA-type filmed viruses include human herpesvirus and hepatitis B virus, DNA-type non-film viruses such as adenovirus and B19 virus, and RNA-type filmed viruses such as influenza Viruses, RNAS type non-membrane viruses such as SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) coronavirus, norovirus, polio virus, enterovirus etc. are included.
  • SARS severe acute respiratory syndrome
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an anti-norovirus composition containing grapefruit seed extract (claim 2).
  • the present inventors examined the anti-norovirus composition described in Patent Document 1 and found that there is room for improvement in antiviral activity. In addition, it has been found that the anti-norovirus composition described in Patent Document 1 has a problem in storage stability, tends to be colored during storage, and tends to reduce antiviral activity.
  • this invention makes it a subject to provide the composition which is excellent in antiviral activity and storage stability.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an antimicrobial composition, an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray, and a wiper, using the above composition.
  • Compound A As a six-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups, one or more hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups in a compound represented by the formula (1) described later are removed
  • Compound having only one residue compound B a compound represented by the formula (2) described later
  • At least one of X 11 to X 14 in the formula (1) has a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of 0
  • the composition according to [1], which represents -CR 11 having R 11 which is also a large substituent.
  • composition according to [9] wherein the content of the alcohol is 30 to 100% by volume based on the total volume of the solvent.
  • Any one of [1] to [12], wherein the total content of the phenolic compound in the composition is 0.10 to 5.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition
  • An antimicrobial composition comprising the composition according to any one of [1] to [18].
  • An antiviral composition comprising the composition according to any one of [1] to [19].
  • An anti-norovirus composition comprising the composition according to any one of [1] to [20].
  • a spray comprising: a spray container; and the composition according to any one of [1] to [18] housed in the spray container.
  • a wiper comprising: a base cloth; and the composition according to any one of [1] to [18] impregnated in the base cloth.
  • a composition having excellent antiviral activity and storage stability can be provided. Further, according to the present invention, an antimicrobial composition, an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper can be provided using the above composition.
  • a numerical range represented using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • “(meth) acrylate” is a concept including either or both of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • substituents etc. when there are a plurality of substituents and linking groups etc. (hereinafter referred to as substituents etc.) represented by specific symbols, or when a plurality of substituents etc. are simultaneously defined, each substituent is It means that they may be the same as or different from each other. The same applies to the definition of the number of substituents and the like.
  • composition of the present invention contains a phenolic compound to be described later and a solvent, and has a pH of more than 9.3.
  • the constitution of the composition of the present invention makes the phenolic compound to be described later be a phenoxide anion in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is dissociated. Is estimated to inactivate the Furthermore, the composition of the present invention is also excellent in storage stability.
  • a hydrogen atom other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by the formula (1) is used as an aromatic ring group of a 6-membered ring in which two or more hydroxyl groups are substituted.
  • Phenol selected from the group consisting of a compound having only a residue which is removed by number or more hereinafter also referred to as “compound A”
  • compound B a compound represented by the formula (2)
  • the content of the phenolic compound in the composition of the present invention (the total amount of the plurality of phenolic compounds, if any) is relative to the total mass of the composition 0.01 to 10.00 mass% is preferable, 0.10 to 5.00 mass% is more preferable, 0.30 to 5.00 mass% is more preferable, and 0.35 to 3.00 mass% is particularly preferable .
  • the phenolic compounds are individually described below.
  • Compound A is a residue obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by Formula (1) as an aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups Hereinafter, it is a compound having only “the residue of formula (1)”.
  • Compound A has at least one residue of formula (1).
  • the compound A may have only one residue of the formula (1) in the compound, or may have two or more.
  • the residues of the formula (1) may be directly bonded to each other in the compound A, and a plurality of residues of the formula (1) may be linked via a linking group It may be combined.
  • the compound A may or may not be a polymer.
  • the molecular weight of the compound A which is not a polymer is, for example, preferably 110 to 2000, and more preferably 120 to 1,500.
  • the total number of residues of the formula (1) possessed by the compound A which is not a polymer is, for example, preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 6.
  • Compound A, which is a polymer preferably has a repeating unit containing a residue of formula (1).
  • the weight average molecular weight of Compound A, which is a polymer is, for example, preferably 1,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000.
  • a weight average molecular weight (Mw) is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography).
  • the plurality of residues of formula (1) may be identical to or different from one another.
  • R 11 represents a substituent other than a hydroxyl group or a hydrogen atom.
  • the “substituent other than hydroxyl group” may be a substituent other than “—OH” and may contain a hydroxyl group as a substituent contained in the substituent.
  • the “substituent other than hydroxyl group” represented by R 11 may be —CH 2 (OH).
  • Examples of the substituent other than a hydroxyl group represented by R 11 include, for example, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group (a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, etc.
  • Heteroatoms are nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, Or an oxygen atom is preferred, specifically, pyrylium ring, benzopyrylium ring, chromanone ring, pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, pyrazolyl group, oxazolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazinyl group, quinolyl group, Isoquinolyl group, quinoxalyl group, cinnolyl group, pteridyl group etc., halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom etc.), nitro group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, cyano group, nitro group , Amino group, alkali metal oxy group (sodium oxy group and potassium oxy group etc.), sulfonate group (sulfone
  • R S1 represents an alkyl group. If R S1 in one group there is a plurality, the plurality of R S1 may be different may be respectively identical. There is no restriction
  • the substituent may further have a substituent (which is not particularly limited and may be a hydroxyl group), if possible.
  • the alkyl group in the above examples may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure.
  • the carbon number is preferably 1 to 20.
  • the aryl group in the above examples preferably has 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10, and still more preferably 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0.
  • Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p is determined according to Chem. Rev. 1991, 91, p 165-195 can be referred to.
  • R 11 is preferably either a hydrogen atom or a substituent T group.
  • substituent T for example, -CO-O- RS2 (especially alkoxycarbonyl group), carboxyl group, halogen atom, phosphoric acid group, perfluoroalkyl group, perfluoroaryl group, perfluoro group Alkyloxy group, alkanesulfonyl group, alkanesulfonyloxy group, arylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyloxy group, nitro group, cyano group, formyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, heteroarylsulfinyl group, arylazo group, heteroarylazo group, trialkoxysilyl group, -CO-R S2, -O- CO-R S2, -CO-NR S2 2, -SO 2 -NR S2 2, -NR S2 (SO 2 R S2), - N (SO 2 R S2) 2, -SO 2
  • R S2 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is preferable, and an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is more preferable preferable.
  • the substituent represented by the above R S2 does not set ⁇ p of the bonding group to 0 or less. If R S2 in one group there is a plurality, the plurality of R S2 may be different may be respectively identical.
  • R S3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. If R S3 in one group there is a plurality, the plurality of R S3 may be different may be respectively identical.
  • a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0 via a conjugated group such as ethynylene group, imino group, azo group, aryl group or heteroaryl group (eg, any one of substituent group T) Is also preferred.
  • the group belonging to the above-mentioned substituent group T contains an alkyl group, it may be linear or branched and may have a cyclic structure.
  • the carbon number is preferably 1 to 20.
  • the group belonging to the substituent T group contains an aryl group, it preferably has 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10, and still more preferably 6.
  • these groups can further have a substituent, they may have a substituent (a group such as a hydroxyl group or a group mentioned before the substituent T group as an example of a substituent represented by R 11 ).
  • -CO-O-R S2 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S2 2 , -SO 2 -NR S2 2, acyl group, alkanesulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylazo group , heteroaryl azo group, a cyano group, a formyl group, or preferably a carboxyl group, -CO-O-R S2 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S2 2 , arylazo groups, or, more carboxyl groups preferably, -CO-O-R S2 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S2 2 , arylazo group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable.
  • the substituent group T represents —CO—O—R S2
  • R S2 is a hydrocarbon group having 10 or more carbon atoms (the hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group).
  • Substituent group T represents -CO-NR S2 2, and at least one of two R S2 is (Examples of the hydrocarbon group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or alkynyl group.)
  • Hydrocarbon group represents It is preferable that the sum of carbon numbers of two R S2s is 10 or more.
  • At least one of X 11 to X 14 is —CR 11 ⁇ , and in these —CR 11 ⁇ , at least one R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p
  • the substituent other than the hydroxyl group represented by all R 11 in the formula (1) is a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p larger than 0. It is preferred that all R 11 in the formula (1) be a hydrogen atom or a substituent whose Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p is larger than 0.
  • R 11 's there is no particular limitation on an embodiment in which a plurality of R 11 's are bonded to each other to form a ring, but, for example, selected from a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom in a substituent represented as R 11
  • the aspect which forms a ring by mutually bonding the mentioned atoms is mentioned.
  • each of a plurality of R 11 is an alkenyl group (for example, a vinyl group)
  • a benzene ring when terminal carbon atoms in the respective alkenyl groups are bonded to each other, a benzene ring can be formed.
  • R ⁇ 11 >'s are all alkyl groups, if the terminal carbon atom in each alkyl group mutually couple
  • the ring thus formed may be an aromatic ring (for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle) or a nonaromatic ring (for example, a nonaromatic hydrocarbon ring and a nonaromatic heterocycle) .
  • the ring formed may be a single ring or a multiple ring.
  • the ring to be formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring which is a combination thereof, and when each ring is a heterocyclic ring, the number of heteroatoms is preferably 1 to 5.
  • a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a selenium atom, a tellurium atom, a phosphorus atom, a silicon atom, and a boron atom are mentioned, for example. Among them, nitrogen atom, sulfur atom or oxygen atom is preferable.
  • the ring thus formed (for example, a pyrone ring) is condensed with the aromatic ring in the formula to form a condensed ring structure.
  • the condensed ring structure formed by the compound represented by the formula (1) for example, a coumarin ring, an anthraquinone ring in which two hydroxyl groups are bonded to each other in the meta position to the aromatic ring And benzopyrylium ring, xanthone ring, chromanone ring, chromone ring, and quinoline ring.
  • usnic acid, vergenin and the like can also be used as the compound represented by the formula (1) in which a fused ring structure is formed.
  • the ring to be formed may further have a substituent (a group mentioned as an example of a substituent represented by R 11 and the like) as long as the requirement of the present invention is not violated.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (P).
  • R P1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0.
  • R P2 represents a substituent other than a hydroxyl group or a hydrogen atom, and has the same meaning as R 11 described above.
  • R P2 examples include, for example, groups described as groups that R 11 can adopt (for example, a hydrogen atom, a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0, an alkyl group, and an alkoxy group), and A hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0 is preferred.
  • R P2 and R P1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • bonds mutually in Formula (1), and forms a ring is mentioned similarly.
  • the contents of the substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of greater than 0 are as described above, and examples thereof include any of the substituent groups T.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (3).
  • R 31 represents a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of greater than 0.
  • R 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0.
  • R 31 and R 32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 32 and R 31 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • bonds mutually in Formula (1), and forms a ring is mentioned similarly.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound having one or more hydrogen atoms in addition to the hydroxyl group directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula. This point is the same as in the above-mentioned equations (P) and (3).
  • a compound represented by the following Formula (X1) from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent antiviral property by further raising the ClogP value of a phenol compound as described later Or the compound represented by the following formula (X2) is preferable.
  • R 31 represents —CO—O—R S5 or —CO—NRS 6 R S7 .
  • R S5 represents a hydrocarbon group having 10 or more carbon atoms. As a C10 or more hydrocarbon group, C12 or more is preferable and C15 or more is more preferable. Examples of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl and alkenyl groups. The upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
  • Each of R S6 and R S7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 31 in the formula (X1) represents the -CO-NR S6 R S7, and if neither R S6 and R S7 is representative of the hydrocarbon group, the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7
  • the total carbon number of is 10 or more.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned.
  • the total of the number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is preferably 12 or more.
  • the upper limit of the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
  • R 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0.
  • R 31 represents —CO—O—R S5 or —CO—NRS 6 R S7 .
  • R S5 represents a hydrocarbon group having 8 or more carbon atoms.
  • C8 or more hydrocarbon group C10 or more is preferable and C15 or more is more preferable.
  • As said hydrocarbon group a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned.
  • the upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
  • Each of R S6 and R S7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R 31 in the formula (X2) represents —CO—NRS 6 R S7
  • the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is 8 or more.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned.
  • 10 or more are preferable and, as for the sum total of carbon number in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 , 12 or more are more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound having one or more hydrogen atoms in addition to the hydroxyl group directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula. This point is the same as in the above-mentioned equations (P) and (3).
  • the “group other than the residue of the formula (1)” to which the “residue of the formula (1)” is bonded is not particularly limited and may be a hydrogen atom.
  • the “group other than the residue of the formula (1)” is preferably other than a hydroxyl group (—OH).
  • the above-mentioned R 11 is mentioned, and the preferable range is also the same.
  • such “group other than the residue of the formula (1)” and the other R 11 present in the formula (1) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • bonds mutually in Formula (1), and forms a ring is mentioned similarly.
  • the compound A is preferably a compound represented by the formula (Q1).
  • R q1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups. The definition of the 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups is described in detail later.
  • R q1 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent mentioned as a substituent other than a hydroxyl group represented by R 11 (however, a group other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups And the substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups, or a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • R q1 a substituent consisting of a substituent S group described later or a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • substituent group S for example, -CO-O-RS 4 (especially alkoxycarbonyl group), carboxyl group, halogen atom, phosphoric acid group, perfluoroalkyl group, perfluoroaryl group, perfluoro group Alkyloxy group, alkanesulfonyl group, alkanesulfonyloxy group, arylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyloxy group, nitro group, cyano group, formyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, heteroarylsulfinyl group, arylazo group, heteroarylazo group, trialkoxysilyl group, -CO-R S4, -O- CO-R S4, -CO-NR S4 2, -SO 2 -NR S4 2, -NR S4 (SO 2 R S4), - N (SO 2 R S4) 2, -SO 2
  • R S4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, among which a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, An aryl group or a heteroaryl group is more preferable. If R S4 in one group there is a plurality, the plurality of R S4 may be different may be respectively identical.
  • Substituent group S When the group belonging to the above-mentioned Substituent group S includes an alkyl group, it may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure. The carbon number is preferably 1 to 20. When the group belonging to Substituent group S includes an aryl group, it preferably has 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10, and still more preferably 6. When these groups can further have a substituent, the substituent (a group such as a hydroxyl group or a group mentioned before the substituent T group as an example of a substituent represented by R 11 , etc. However, two or more hydroxyl groups are substituted (Except for groups other than the 6-membered aromatic ring group).
  • substituents S group also, -CO-O-R S4 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S4 2 , -SO 2 -NR S4 2, acyl group, alkanesulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylazo group , heteroaryl azo group, a cyano group, a formyl group, or preferably a carboxyl group, -CO-O-R S4 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S4 2 , arylazo groups, or, more carboxyl groups preferably, -CO-O-R S4 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S4 2 , arylazo group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable.
  • the plurality of R q1 may be identical to or different from each other.
  • Plural R q1s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring demonstrated by the ring which several R ⁇ 11 > s in Formula (1) mentioned above mutually connect and form is mentioned.
  • the above six-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups may be a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group.
  • the ring constituting the six-membered aromatic ring group include a six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring and a six-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • a group containing a 6-membered aromatic ring substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups as a part of the group also corresponds to a six-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups.
  • the compound represented by Formula (Q2) is preferable.
  • R q21 represents a substituent or a hydrogen atom having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups.
  • R q21 a substituent consisting of a substituent S group or a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • the definition and preferred embodiments of the substituent group S are as described above.
  • R q22 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups, and has the same meaning as R q1 described above.
  • R q22 a substituent or a hydrogen atom having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted with a hydroxyl group and 2 or more hydroxyl groups is preferable, and a substituent S More preferred are substituents or hydrogen atoms of the group.
  • the definition and preferred embodiments of the substituent group S are as described above.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (Y1) from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent antiviral property by further increasing the ClogP value of a phenol compound as described later Or the compound represented by a following formula (Y2) is preferable.
  • R q21 represents —CO—O—R S5 or —CO— NRS 6 R S7 .
  • R S5 represents a hydrocarbon group having 10 or more carbon atoms. As a C10 or more hydrocarbon group, C12 or more is preferable and C15 or more is more preferable.
  • As said hydrocarbon group a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned.
  • the upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
  • R S6 and R S7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R q21 in the formula (Y1) represents a -CO-NR S6 R S7, and if neither R S6 and R S7 is representative of the hydrocarbon group, the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7
  • the total carbon number of is 10 or more.
  • a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned. Among them, the total of the number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is preferably 12 or more.
  • R S6 and R S7 The upper limit of the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
  • R q22 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups, and has the same meaning as R q1 described above.
  • R q22 a substituent or a hydrogen atom having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted with a hydroxyl group and 2 or more hydroxyl groups is preferable, and a substituent S More preferred are substituents or hydrogen atoms of the group.
  • the definition and preferred embodiments of the substituent group S are as described above.
  • R q21 represents —CO—O—R S5 or —CO— NRS 6 R S7 .
  • R S5 represents a hydrocarbon group having 8 or more carbon atoms.
  • a C8 or more hydrocarbon group C10 or more is preferable and C15 or more is more preferable.
  • As said hydrocarbon group a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned.
  • the upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
  • Each of R S6 and R S7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R q21 in the formula (Y2) represents the -CO-NR S6 R S7, and if neither R S6 and R S7 is representative of the hydrocarbon group, the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7
  • the total carbon number of is 8 or more.
  • As said hydrocarbon group a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned.
  • R S6 and R S7 10 or more are preferable and, as for the sum total of carbon number in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 , 12 or more are more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
  • R q22 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups, and has the same meaning as R q1 described above.
  • R q22 a substituent or a hydrogen atom having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted with a hydroxyl group and 2 or more hydroxyl groups is preferable, and a substituent S More preferred are substituents or hydrogen atoms of the group.
  • the definition and preferred embodiments of the substituent group S are as described above.
  • two R q22 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.00 or more, preferably 5.00 or more, and more preferably 7.00 or more.
  • the upper limit in particular is not restrict
  • the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group in the above formulas (Y1) and (Y2) can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
  • the compound A has m residues of the formula (1), it is preferable that the number of 6-membered aromatic ring groups which the compound A has and substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups is m. In addition, m intends positive integer.
  • a group represented by the following formula (1-2) is preferable.
  • R 1-2 is the same as R 11 in formula (1). * Represents a bonding position.
  • the compound A is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (A1).
  • X 1-2 is the same meaning as X 1-2 in the formula (1-2).
  • L 1-2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an ether group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, a thioester group, an amido group, a sulfonamide group, a thioether group, -SO 2- , -NR A- (R A represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl Group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group), a divalent hydrocarbon group (for example, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, and an arylene group), a heteroarylene group, an azo group, and combinations thereof Group is mentioned.
  • L 1-2 is a single bond, an ester group (preferably, an ester group represented by —CO—O— and a carbon atom in the group directly bonded to an aromatic ring in the formula), or an amido group (A preferred is an amido group represented by -CO-NH-, in which a carbon atom in the group is directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula).
  • m z1 represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • m z1 for example, 2 to 10 is preferable.
  • Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • Z represents a m z monovalent linking group.
  • Z is preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group represented by the following formula.
  • Rx 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (a straight-chained, may be a branched chain, preferably also be. 1 to 20 carbon atoms which have a cyclic structure).
  • Ar represents an arylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracenylene group is preferable, and an anthracenylene group is more preferable). * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
  • Z is preferably any of the trivalent linking groups represented by the following formulae.
  • Rx 3 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a methyl group is more preferable Preferably). * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
  • Z is preferably any one of the tetravalent linking groups represented by the following formulae. * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
  • Z is preferably a pentavalent linking group represented by the following formula. * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
  • Z is preferably a hexavalent linking group represented by the following formula. * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
  • Z is a linear or branched (preferably branched) carbon number, among others
  • a group containing 9 or more hydrocarbon groups is preferable, and a group containing a linear or branched (preferably branched) hydrocarbon group having 12 or more carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
  • Examples of the linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 9 or more carbon atoms include an ether group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, a thioester group, an amide group, and a sulfonamide group.
  • a thioether group, -SO 2- , -NR A- (where R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group), a heteroarylene group, and an azo group
  • R A linear or branched C9 or more (preferably C12 or more) alkyl group, an alkenylene group, and an alkynylene group which may contain a bivalent coupling group are mentioned.
  • the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.00 or more, preferably 5.00 or more, and more preferably 7.00 or more.
  • the upper limit in particular is not restrict
  • the ClogP value of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
  • the compound A when the compound A is a polymer and has a repeating unit containing a residue of the formula (1), the compound A preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula.
  • the polymer may have repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the following formula.
  • R xma is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, or may have a cyclic structure.
  • the carbon number is preferably 1 to 20, and a methyl group is more preferable.
  • a perfluoroalkyl group (which may be linear, branched or have a cyclic structure, preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a trifluoromethyl group).
  • Lx represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the definition of the divalent linking group is the same as the definition of the divalent linking group represented by L 1-2 .
  • X represents a residue of formula (1).
  • compound A is a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups, and is a hydrogen atom other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by formula (1) It has only the residue which removed more than one. That is, as a six-membered aromatic ring group in which two or more hydroxyl groups are substituted, the compound A is a six-membered ring in which any of the hydroxyl groups is disposed at the meta position relative to all other hydroxyl groups.
  • the compound A is a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups, and a six-membered ring in which two hydroxyl groups are arranged in the ortho position or para position with each other. It has no aromatic ring group.
  • the above six-membered aromatic ring group is intended to encompass a six-membered aromatic ring group in a form contained in a polycyclic group, for example, compound A is 1,2-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,4 Dihydroxynaphthalene or 1,2,4-trihydroxynaphthalene, having no residue obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups.
  • the composition is obtained by introducing a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p larger than 0 into a 6-membered aromatic ring group (residue of formula (1)) in which two hydroxyl groups are arranged at the meta positions of each other.
  • the storage stability of the material is further improved.
  • the phenolic compound contained in the composition of the present invention may be a compound (compound B) represented by the formula (2).
  • Compound B is also a six-membered aromatic ring group in which all the hydroxyl groups are arranged at the meta position, and therefore, they are chemically stable and excellent in storage stability.
  • the ClogP value of the phenolic compound contained in the composition of the present invention is, for example, 0.0700 or more, preferably 5.00 or more, and more preferably 7.00 or more, in that the antiviral activity is more excellent.
  • the upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 20.00 or less, preferably 15.00 or less.
  • the ClogP value of the above-mentioned phenol compound is preferably 5.00 to 20.00, and more preferably 7.00 to 15.00, in that the antiviral activity is more excellent.
  • Viruses generally have hydrophilic and hydrophobic sites.
  • the phenolic compound is more hydrophobic (in other words, when the ClogP value of the phenolic compound is 5.00 or more), the phenolic compound is considered to be easily adsorbed by the virus. As a result, the phenolic compound is more excellent in antiviral activity.
  • the ClogP of the phenolic compound can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Glu represents a glucose residue
  • the composition according to the invention preferably comprises an alcohol as solvent.
  • the alcohol is not particularly limited.
  • linear, branched and cyclic alcohols having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (including ether alcohols) are preferable.
  • the above-mentioned alcohol is preferably a food additive from the viewpoint of safety, among which methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, propylene glycol acetic acid monoester, n-butanol, 2-butanol, butane -1,3-diol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1-decanol, 1-penten-3-ol, 2-ethyl 1-hexanol, 2-Pentanol, 3-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, 3-methyl-2-butenol, 3-methyl-3-butanol, isoamyl alcohol, i-butanol, benzene Benzyl alcohol, citronellol, terpineol, hydroxy citronellal, or hydroxy cit
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains, as the alcohol, an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms as the variation of the antiviral activity value is further reduced.
  • Alcohols having 3 or more carbon atoms are considered to be more fat-soluble than alcohols having 2 or less carbon atoms, and to be capable of physically removing viruses and latent stains on which they reside. For this reason, when a composition in which a composition contains an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms is impregnated in a wiper and used for wiping, it is considered that the variation of the antiviral activity value becomes smaller.
  • the volume ratio of the alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms to the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms is preferably 0.01 or more in that the antiviral activity is more excellent and / or the variation of the antiviral activity is smaller.
  • the upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 5 or less, preferably 1.5 or less.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a solvent other than alcohol.
  • solvents other than alcohol water or organic solvents (except alcohol) can be mentioned.
  • the organic solvent is not particularly limited. For example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, geranyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citronellyl acetate, cinnamyl acetate, terpinyl acetate, phenylethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetic acid Benzyl, menthyl acetate, linalyl acetate, butyric acid, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, cyclohexyl butyrate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, tolu
  • the organic solvent is preferably a food additive from the viewpoint of safety, and is acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, geranyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citronellyl acetate, cinnamyl acetate, terpinyl acetate, phenyl acetate Ethyl, butyl acetate, benzyl acetate, menthyl acetate, linalyl acetate, butyric acid, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, cyclohexyl butyrate, 2-methylpropanal, 2-methylbutyraldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butenal 3-methyl Butanal, l-perylaldehyde, acetaldehyde, ethyl acetoacetate, isoamy
  • the content of the solvent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.5 to 99.9% by mass, and 10 to 99.8% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition % Is more preferable, 50 to 99.8% by mass is further preferable, and 80 to 99.8% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of alcohol (the total of multiple alcohols, if present) is preferably 30 to 100% by volume, based on the total volume of the solvent, and more preferably 40 to 100 with respect to the antiviral activity.
  • the volume percent is more preferable, 60 to 100 volume percent or more is more preferable, and 70 to 100 volume percent is particularly preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention has a pH of more than 9.3 and 14.0 or less.
  • pH When pH is 9.3 or less, it may be inferior to antiviral activity.
  • more than 9.5 are preferable, 10.0 or more are more preferable, and 10.5 or more are still more preferable.
  • pH is 14.0 or less, and 12.0 or less is preferable at the point which can suppress corrosion with respect to a metal more. That is, the pH is preferably 10.0 to 12.0, and more preferably 10.5 to 12.0.
  • the pH can be measured using a bench-top pH meter "F-72S” (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) using a pH electrode "6337-10D” (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.). The specific measurement method is as described later.
  • pH intends the value in 25 degreeC.
  • composition of the present invention may contain components other than the above as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited.
  • the optional components are not particularly limited, but, for example, bactericidal agents, disinfectants, disinfectants, surfactants, antioxidants, pH adjusters, ultraviolet absorbers, chelating agents, moisturizers, thickeners / gelling agents And preservatives, perfumes, and pigments.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a bactericidal agent, a disinfectant, a disinfectant, a surfactant, or an antioxidant, among others, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in antiviral activity, and is a phenol other than the compounds A and B It is more preferable to contain a base compound, a quaternary ammonium salt (eg, benzalkonium chloride and octadecyltrimethylammonium chloride), a surfactant, or an antioxidant.
  • a bactericidal agent eg, benzalkonium chloride and octadecyltrimethylammonium chloride
  • the disinfectant, disinfectant and disinfectant are not particularly limited.
  • phenolic compounds other than the compounds A and B quaternary ammonium salts, antibacterial agents containing metal, photocatalysts, aldehyde compounds, iodine compounds And guanide compounds, and acrinol hydrate (lactic acid 6,9-diamino-2-ethoxyacridine monohydrate) and the like.
  • phenolic compounds other than the compounds A and B and quaternary ammonium salts are preferable in that they are more excellent in antiviral activity when combined with the composition of the present invention.
  • phenolic compounds other than the compounds A and B have, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 16 carbon atoms (for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, and a pyrene ring) having one hydroxyl-substituted group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 16 carbon atoms for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, and a pyrene ring
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocycle may be fused (for example, indole ring, quinoline ring, acridine ring, etc.).
  • phenolic compounds those used as food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety.
  • p-oxybenzoic acid esters methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl and isobutyl esters
  • 4-allyl-2,6-dimethoxyphenol 4-allylphenol, carvacrol, creosol, 3-methyl Phenol, 2-methylphenol, 4-methylphenol, 2-methoxy-4-propylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 4 -Ethoxyphenol, 4-ethyl-2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethyl-2-methoxyphenol, 2-ethylphenol, 3-ethylphenol, 4-ethylphenol, ethyl vanillin propylene glycol acetal (ethylvanillin p opylene glycol acetal), guaiacol, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid,
  • Citrasled No. 1 2 Sudan G, Scarlet GN, Food Yellow No. 4, Food Red No. 102, Bonso 2R, Bonso 6 R, Food Green No. 3, Red 10 B, Food Red No. 2, Food Red No. 40, Hesperidin, Methyl Hesperidin, Folic Acid, Or, salicylic acid is preferred, P-hydroxybenzoic acid esters (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl and isobutyl esters), 4-allyl-2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 4-allylphenol, carvacrol, creosol, 3-methylphenol, 2-methyl Phenol, 4-methylphenol, 2-methoxy-4-propylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 4-ethoxyphenol, 4 -Ethyl-2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethyl-2-methoxyphenol, 2-ethylphenol, 3-ethy
  • Citrasled No. 1 Sudan G, Scarlet GN, Food Yellow No. 4, Food Red No. 102, Bonso 2 R, Bonso 6 R, Food Green No. 3, Red 10 B, Food Red No. 2, Food Red No. 40 or Folic Acid is more preferable.
  • Quaternary ammonium salt is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formulas (N1) to (N4).
  • R N11 to R N14 each independently represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R N11 to R N14 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R N11 to R N14 may contain a hetero atom.
  • the type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom.
  • Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of easier handling.
  • t represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • Ra, Rb and Rc each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains a hetero atom
  • —CH 2 — is substituted with a hetero atom.
  • an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (having 2 to carbon atoms) 30 is preferable, and a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable, or an alkynyl group (a carbon number of 2 to 30 is preferable, a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable) and the like.
  • an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the aryl group represented by R N11 ⁇ R N14 e.g., an aryl group represented by R 11 in the formula (1) described above.
  • a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, for example, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aralkyl group represented by R N11 to R N14 is not particularly limited but, for example, an aralkyl group having 7 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a 1-naphthylmethyl group, 1- Examples include (1-naphthyl) ethyl group, triphenylmethyl group, and pyrenylmethyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R N11 to R N14 is, for example, preferably a heteroaryl group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and examples thereof include furyl group, thiofuryl group, pyridyl group, pyrazole group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, indolyl Groups, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, purine group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazyl group, carbazolyl group, quinoxalyl group, thiazine group and the like.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R N11 to R N14 , the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the heteroaryl group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents and hydroxyl group can become the R 11 described above.
  • X - represents a monovalent anion other than hydroxide ions.
  • a halide ion eg, F ⁇ , Cl ⁇ , Br ⁇ , I ⁇ , Br 3 ⁇ , Br 2 Cl ⁇ , I 3 ⁇ , IBr 2 ⁇ , Cl 2 Br ⁇ , HF 2 -, H 2 F 3 -, AuBr 2 -, AuCl 2 -, AuI 2 -, and, FeCl 4 -.
  • R is a fluorine atom, a hydrocarbon group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), or a perfluoro hydrocarbon group (for example, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) Borohydride anion, dichloroiodate anion, tetrafluoroborate anion, hexafluorophosphate anion, Periodate anion, sulfate anion, hydrogen anions sulfate, nitrate anions, dicyanamide anion [N - (CN) 2] , azide anion (N 3 -), alkane or arylsulfonic acid anion, perfluoro alkane or arylsulfonic acid anion , alkyl or aryl sulfate ester anions (ROSO 3 -:
  • R is represents an alkyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), alkyl or aryl phosphoric acid ester anions ((RO) 2 PO 2 - : R each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.)
  • Thiocyanide anion S - CN
  • triacetoxyborohydride anion triruthenate anion
  • RuO 4 - triacetoxyborohydride anion
  • X - is, X in the formula (N1) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R N21 and R N22 has the same meaning as R N11 ⁇ R N14 in the formula (N1), preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y N21 and Y N22 are each independently, -C (R N23) 2 - , - NR N24 -, - O -, - CO -, - CO 2 -, - S -, - SO-, or, SO 2 Represents-.
  • RN23 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a halogen atom.
  • R N24 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, aralkyl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R N23 and R N24 are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups represented by R N11 to R N14 in the formula (N1), aryl It is synonymous with a group, an aralkyl group, or a heteroaryl group, and its preferable aspect is also the same.
  • a halogen atom represented by RN23 and RN24 a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, aralkyl group or heteroaryl group represented by RN23 and RN24 may further have a substituent.
  • substituents and hydroxyl group can become the R 11 described above.
  • R N21 or Y N22 represents -C (R N23 ) 2 -or N R24-
  • the monovalent organic group represented by R N21 is mutually linked to R N23 or R N24 to be aromatic. It may form a ring of sexic or non-aromatic nature. Also, R N21 and R N22 may be linked to each other to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring.
  • n N represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • X - is, X in the formula (N1) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R N31 has the same meaning as R N11 to R N14 in formula (N1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y N31 to Y N35 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or CRCR N32 ⁇ .
  • R N32 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R N32 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a substituent which the above-mentioned R 11 can form and a hydroxyl group.
  • X - is, X in the formula (N1) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R N41 and R N42 have the same meaning as R N11 to R N14 in formula (N1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y N41 to Y N43 have the same meaning as Y N31 to Y N35 in formula (N3), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y N44 represents a group represented by> NR N41 , a sulfur atom, or an oxygen atom.
  • the metal include gold, silver, copper, mercury, zinc, iron, lead, bismuth, titanium, tin, and nickel.
  • the aspect of the metal contained in the antibacterial agent containing a metal is not specifically limited, Forms, such as a metal particle, a metal ion, and a metal salt (a metal complex is included), are mentioned. Among them, gold, silver or copper is preferable as the metal in that the antibacterial property is more excellent.
  • the metal-containing antimicrobial agent may be a carrier and a metal-supported carrier containing the above-described metal supported on the carrier.
  • the type of carrier is not particularly limited, and known carriers can be used.
  • the carrier for example, inorganic oxides (eg, zeolite (crystalline aluminosilicate salt), silica gel, silicates such as clay mineral, glass (including water-soluble glass), zirconium phosphate, calcium phosphate, etc.), Activated carbon, metal carriers, organic metals and the like can be mentioned.
  • a silver-containing antibacterial agent As a metal-containing antibacterial agent, a silver-containing antibacterial agent is preferable in that it is more excellent in antibacterial property.
  • the antimicrobial agent containing silver include silver salts such as silver nitrate, silver chloride, silver sulfate, silver lactate, and silver acetate; silver complexes such as silver ammonia complex, silver chloro complex, and silver thiosulfato complex Silver particles; silver ions; silver-supported carriers on which the above-described carriers are supported; and the like.
  • Photocatalyst is not particularly limited as long as it is a substance known to exhibit a photocatalytic action, and examples thereof include TiO 2 , SrTiO 2 , ZnO, CdS, SnO 2 , and WO 3 and the like.
  • aldehyde-type compound Although it does not restrict
  • -Iodine-type compound Although it does not restrict
  • the piguanide compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include chlorhexidine gluconate, chlorhexidine hydrochloride, and chlorhexidine acetate.
  • the germicide, disinfectant and disinfectant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a bactericidal agent, a disinfectant agent, or a bactericidal agent
  • the content of the bactericidal agent, the disinfectant agent, and the bactericidal agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) 0.001 to 10% by mass is preferable, 0.01 to 3% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 1% by mass is more preferable with respect to the total mass.
  • composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant and / or an emulsifier.
  • a surfactant and / or an emulsifying agent When the composition of the present invention containing a surfactant and / or an emulsifying agent is used as a wiper by impregnating the base fabric with the composition of the present invention as a wiper, there are few unprinted parts and excellent cleaning properties.
  • the surfactant and the emulsifying agent are not particularly limited, but, for example, an ionic surfactant such as an anionic surfactant and a cationic surfactant (however, a quaternary ammonium salt may be added to the ionic surfactant referred to herein) Not included), as well as nonionic surfactants and the like.
  • an ionic surfactant such as an anionic surfactant and a cationic surfactant (however, a quaternary ammonium salt may be added to the ionic surfactant referred to herein) Not included), as well as nonionic surfactants and the like.
  • ionic surfactants examples include alkyl sulfates (such as sodium dodecyl sulfate), alkyl benzene sulfonates (such as sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate), alkyl phosphates, and cholates (such as sodium deoxycholate and sodium lithocolate) And anionic surfactants such as sodium cholate); cationic surfactants such as alkyldiaminoethylglycine hydrochloride;
  • nonionic surfactant for example, a compound having a carbon number of more than 20 is preferable, and fatty acid esters of mono-, di- or polyglycerin, propylene glycol fatty acid monoester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, sucrose fatty acid ester, etc. Ester type; Ether type such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyalkylene alkyl ether, and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol (manufactured by Kao Corporation, Emulgen series etc.); Fatty acid polyethylene glycol, Fatty acid polyoxyethylene sorbitan etc.
  • specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyethylene glycol monolauryl ether, polyethylene glycol monostearyl ether, polyethylene glycol monocetyl ether, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ester, and polyethylene glycol monostearyl ester.
  • the emulsifier is not particularly limited, but in the case of a nonionic emulsifier, a carbon number of greater than 20 is preferred.
  • Specific examples of the emulsifying agent include oleate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and potassium salts), capriate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and Potassium salt), caprylate (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt), laurate salt (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt, and Potassium salts, gum rosin glycerin ester, sodium starch octenyl succinate, stearyl citrate, monoglyceride citric acid, lactic acid and fatty acid esters of glycerin, fatty acid esters of mono-, di-, or polyglycerin, stearic acid Salt (in the form of salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, Monium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), myristate salts (in the form of salts,
  • Palmitate in the form of salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, ammonium salt, aluminum salt, potassium salt and sodium salt
  • calcium stearoyl lactate sodium stearoyl lactate
  • sorbitan fatty acid ester sulfosuccinic acid Dioctyl sodium, lecithin, hydroxylated lecithin, partially hydrolyzed lecithin, sunflower lecithin, enzyme-treated lecithin, propylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyester monostearate Len sorbitan, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan oleate, Quillaja extract, plant sterols, sphingolipids, soy saponin, bile powder, animal sterols, fractionated lecithin, yucca foam extract, egg yolk lecithin, Tall oil and rosin glycerin ester are mentioned.
  • cholic acid salts examples include calcium salts, sodium salts, and potassium salts.
  • Deoxycholate salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt
  • oleate salt salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt
  • Caprate the salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt
  • caprylate salt the salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt.
  • Salt forms include calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), myristate salts (salt forms: calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, Aluminum salts include potassium salts and sodium salts), palmitate salts (in the form of salts include calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), stearoyl salts Calcium lactate, stearoyl sodium lactate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, dioctyl sodium
  • the surfactant and the emulsifying agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant (the total of multiple surfactants, if present) is preferably 0.01 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition, The content is more preferably 0.05 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant.
  • an antioxidant When the composition of the present invention contains an antioxidant, the antiviral activity is more excellent.
  • the antioxidant is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include “Theory and practice of antioxidants” (Enomoto, Sanshobo 1984), and “Antioxidant handbook” (Saruwatari, Nishino, Tabata, Taiseisha 1976). The various antioxidants described can be used.
  • antioxidants include amine compounds (phenylenediamine, diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine, 4-amino-p-diphenylamine, etc.), ascorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof (L-ascorbic acid, L-ascorbic acid Sodium, potassium L-ascorbate, calcium L-ascorbate, L-ascorbic acid phosphate, magnesium salt of L-ascorbic acid phosphate, L-ascorbic acid sulfuric acid ester, L-ascorbic acid sulfuric acid ester disodium salt, L-ascorbic acid stearic acid ester, L-ascorbic acid 2-glucoside, L-ascorbyl palmitate acid ester, and L-ascorbyl tetraisopalmitate acid, etc., erythorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof (eg, erythorbic acid) Sodium erythorbate, potassium erythorbate, calcium eryth
  • L-ascorbic acid calcium L-ascorbate, L-ascorbic acid stearic acid ester, sodium L-ascorbic acid, L-ascorbic acid palmitic acid ester, Erythorbic acid, sodium erythorbate, calcium disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, isopropyl citrate, guaiac fat, guaiac resin, dilaurylthiodipropionate, thiodipropionic acid, thiodipropionic acid distearyl ester, sodium thiosulfate, pyrosulfite Preferred are potassium, sodium pyrosulfite, ethyl protocatechuate, potassium sulfite, sodium sulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium bisulfite and stannous chloride.
  • the antioxidant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the antioxidant (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition, 0.01 to 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 0.5% by mass is more preferable.
  • the pH adjuster is not particularly limited, but metal alkoxides (eg, sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide etc.), metal oxides (eg calcium oxide and magnesium oxide etc.), hydrogen carbonates (ammonium hydrogen carbonate, carbonates) Sodium hydrogen hydrogen, potassium hydrogen carbonate and calcium hydrogen carbonate etc., metal hydroxides (calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, rubidium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide) Strontium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, europylium hydroxide (II) and thallium hydroxide (I) etc., carbonates (ammonium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, cesium carbonate etc.), Quaternary ammonium hydroxide Organic bases (guanidine derivatives, diazabicycloundecene, and diazabicyclononene, etc.), phosphazene
  • pH adjuster those used as food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and sodium methoxide, calcium oxide, magnesium oxide, ammonium hydrogencarbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, calcium hydrogencarbonate, hydroxide Calcium, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, ammonium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate or magnesium carbonate is preferred.
  • the pH adjuster may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the pH adjuster (if there is a plurality of types, the total thereof) is appropriately changed depending on the content of the phenolic compound, etc.
  • it is preferably 0.001 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the composition so that the pH of the composition is not less than 9.3 and not more than 14.0. And 0.01 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
  • UV absorber The UV absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include paraaminobenzoic acid, ethyldihydroxypropylparaaminobenzoic acid, glyceryl paraaminobenzoic acid, octyldimethylparaaminobenzoic acid, amyl paradimethylaminobenzoate, and paradimethylaminobenzoic acid 2- 2- Para-aminobenzoic acid compounds such as ethylhexyl; disodium 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone-5,5'-disulfonate; 2-ethylhexyl paramethoxycinnamate (alias: paramethoxysilicone) Octyl skin acid), glyceryl di-p-methoxycinnamate mono-2-ethylhexanoate, methyl 2,5-diisopropylcinnamate, 2,4,6-tris [4- (2-e
  • the ultraviolet absorber may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber (the total amount of multiple ultraviolet absorbers present) is preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 2% by mass. Preferably, 0.01 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • the chelating agent is not particularly limited.
  • aminopolycarboxylic acid type chelating agents aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic acid type chelating agents, amino acid type chelating agents, phosphonic acid type chelating agents, phosphoric acid type chelating agents, hydroxycarboxylic acid And chelating agents, polyelectrolytes (including oligomer electrolytes), dimethylglyoxime, thioglycolic acid, phytic acid, glyoxylic acid, and glyoxal acid.
  • These chelating agents may be in free acid form or in the form of salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt and the like.
  • aminopolycarboxylic acid chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminediacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, iminodiacetic acid, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) iminodiacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, N- (2 And-hydroxyethyl) ethylenediamine triacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, glutamic acid diacetic acid, aspartic acid diacetic acid, and salts thereof, and the like.
  • aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic acid chelating agents include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, pyruvic acid and aminobenzoic acid.
  • acids including anthranilic acid
  • phthalic acid fumaric acid, trimellitic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and salts thereof.
  • amino acid based chelating agents examples include glycine, serine, alanine, lysine, cystine, cysteine, ethionine, tyrosine, methionine, and salts thereof, and the like.
  • Examples of phosphonic acid chelating agents include iminodimethylphosphonic acid, alkyldiphosphonic acid, 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, and salts thereof.
  • Examples of phosphoric acid chelating agents include orthophosphoric acid, pyrophosphoric acid, triphosphoric acid, and polyphosphoric acid.
  • hydroxycarboxylic acid chelating agent examples include malic acid, citric acid, glycolic acid, gluconic acid, heptonic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, and salts thereof, and the like.
  • polymer electrolyte (including oligomer electrolyte) -based chelating agents examples include acrylic acid polymers, maleic anhydride polymers, ⁇ -hydroxyacrylic acid polymers, itaconic acid polymers, and monomers constituting these polymers.
  • the copolymer which consists of 2 or more types, and an epoxy succinic acid polymer etc. are mentioned.
  • the chelating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the chelating agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
  • the moisturizing agent is not particularly limited.
  • deoxyribonucleic acid mucopolysaccharide, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, aloe extract, gelatin, elastin, chitin, chitosan, hydrolyzed eggshell membrane, polyoxyethylene methyl glucoside, polyoxypropylene methyl Glucoside, sodium lactate, urea, sodium pyrrolidonecarboxylate, betaine, whey and the like can be mentioned.
  • a humectant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the moisturizing agent (the total amount of the plural kinds, if present) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
  • thickener and gelling agent for example, maleic anhydride ⁇ methyl vinyl ether copolymer, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride ⁇ acrylamide copolymer, acrylamide ⁇ acrylic acid ⁇ dimethyldiarylammonium chloride copolymer, cellulose or a derivative thereof, Keratin and collagen or derivatives thereof, calcium alginate, pullulan, agar, tamarind seed polysaccharide, xanthan gum, carrageenan, high methoxyl pectin, lomethoxyl pectin, guar gum, gum arabic, oat gum, acacia gum, crystalline cellulose, arabinogalactan, Karaya gum, tragacanth gum, carob bean gum, gati gum, alginic acid and salts thereof (in the form of salts, ammonium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, and sodium salts are listed) Alginic acid and salts thereof (in the form of salts,
  • the thickener and the gelling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the thickening agent and the gelling agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is 0. 0 to the total mass of the composition.
  • the content is preferably 001 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
  • the preservative is not particularly limited.
  • benzoic acid sodium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium sorbate, sorbic acid, sodium dehydroacetate, hydrogen peroxide, formic acid, ethyl formate, sodium hypochlorite, propionic acid Sodium propionate, calcium propionate, pectin degradation products, polylysine, phenoxyethanol, thiram and tea tree oil.
  • the preservative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the preservative (if there is more than one type in total) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition, and 0.
  • the amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
  • the flavoring agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include musk, acacia oil, anise oil, ylang oil, jasmine oil, sweet orange oil, spearmint oil, geranium oil, neroli oil, peppermint oil, cypress oil, fennel oil, peppermint oil, Bergamot oil, lime oil, lavender oil, lemon oil, lemongrass oil, rose oil, rosewood oil, anisaldehyde, shibetone, muscone, limonene and the like.
  • the fragrance may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the perfume (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.001 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • the pigment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include krill pigment, orange pigment, kaolin, gunjow, chromium oxide, iron oxide, titanium dioxide, food pigment (containing no phenolic hydroxyl group), chlorophyll and the like.
  • the dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the perfume (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.001 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • composition of the present invention can be prepared by appropriately mixing the above-described essential components and optional components.
  • order in particular of mixing of the said component is not restrict
  • the dosage form of the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include solutions, gels, aerosol sprays and non-aerosol sprays.
  • the application of the composition is not particularly limited.
  • it is preferably used as an antibacterial composition, and more preferably used as an antiviral composition.
  • antibacterial is intended to be used for acting on bacteria to reduce the activity of the bacteria
  • antiviral is intended to be used for acting on the virus and to reduce the activity of the virus. Intended.
  • the composition of the present invention has an action of inactivating viruses belonging to, for example, Caliciviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Coronaviridae, Herpesviridae, etc. Applications that reduce the activity of are preferred.
  • viruses belonging to the calicivirus family include viruses belonging to the genus Norovirus, Sapovirus, Lagovirus, Nebovirus and Besivirus, among which the composition belongs to viruses belonging to the genus Norovirus and It exerts a good inactivating effect against viruses belonging to the Vesivirus genus.
  • the composition is preferably used as an anti-norovirus composition, among others.
  • the method of use of the above composition is not particularly limited, but it can be applied or previously applied to a place where norovirus may adhere or may adhere.
  • the method of applying the composition is not particularly limited. For example, the method of spraying the composition onto the above location, the method of wiping the above location with a base cloth containing the composition, etc. And the like.
  • a spray according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises a spray container and a composition contained in the spray container.
  • the above composition is as described above.
  • the spray container may be an aerosol spray container or a non-aerosol spray container, and is preferably a non-aerosol spray container.
  • the spray container is intended to include, in addition to the antiviral composition, a liquid gas and a gas such as a compressed gas.
  • the spray container containing gas such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), dimethyl ether (DME), carbon dioxide gas, nitrogen gas, and isopentane, is mentioned specifically ,.
  • the spray container is a non-aerosol spray container
  • the spray container may be in the form of a mist, a foam, etc. of the liquid contained in the container substantially free of gas such as liquid gas and compressed gas.
  • gas such as liquid gas and compressed gas.
  • the spray container is intended to be provided with a mechanism for ejecting the liquid to the outside of the container.
  • non-aerosol spray containers include pump-type and trigger-type pressure-accumulation spray containers.
  • the spray is preferably used for antivirals, more preferably for anti-norovirus.
  • a wiper according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a backing and the above-described composition impregnated in the backing.
  • the above composition is as described above.
  • the above wiper is preferably used for antiviral use, more preferably for anti-norovirus.
  • the base fabric is not particularly limited, and may be formed of natural fibers or chemical fibers.
  • natural fibers include pulp, cotton, hemp, flax, wool, camel, cashmere, mohya and silk.
  • Chemical fibers include polyethylene terephthalate, rayon, polynozic, acetate, triacetate, nylon, polyester, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyurethane, polyalkylene para oxybenzoate, and polychalle etc. It can be mentioned.
  • hydrophilic base cloths are preferred in that they are easily impregnated with the composition.
  • the hydrophilic base is, for example, a base containing a fiber having a hydrophilic group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, an amido group and a sulfonyl group.
  • a hydrophilic group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, an amido group and a sulfonyl group.
  • Specific examples of the hydrophilic base cloth include vegetable fiber, cotton, pulp, animal fiber, rayon, nylon, polyester, polyacrylonitrile, and polyvinyl alcohol.
  • a base fabric a non-woven fabric, a cloth, a towel, a gauze, a cotton wool, etc. can be used, and a non-woven fabric is preferable.
  • the basis weight (mass per unit area) of the base fabric is preferably 100 g / m 2 or less.
  • the amount of impregnation at the time of impregnating the composition with the base fabric is preferably an amount of one or more times the mass of the base fabric.
  • Example 1 In a glass vessel charged with 90 mg (489 ⁇ mol) of methyl 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoate, 24 mL of ethanol was added, and methyl 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoate was dissolved in ethanol. Next, in the above-mentioned glass container, water and a 1 mol / L aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, the total amount of water being 6 mL (ethanol concentration 80% by volume relative to the total volume of the solvent), and the composition after preparation The composition was added to give a pH of 9.5. In addition, the measurement of pH was implemented by the following method.
  • compositions of Examples 2 to 37 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were prepared according to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1 and at the component combinations and pH shown in Table 1.
  • test solution 0.1 mL of the test solution was inoculated into CRFK cells (cat kidney cell line, ATCC CCL-94) cultured on an agar medium, and adsorbed at 37 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • CRFK cells cat kidney cell line, ATCC CCL-94
  • the test solution on CRFK cells was washed away, the agar medium was overlaid, and the cells were cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of formed plaques was counted, the infectivity titer was calculated, and this was regarded as the "infectivity titer of the composition”.
  • the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the composition and using sterilized purified water, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control.”
  • the antiviral property (antiviral activity value) of the composition was calculated using Formula 1 below, and the calculation result was evaluated using the following criteria.
  • the compositions used for evaluation are the compositions immediately after preparation.
  • Antiviral activity value AB
  • A represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the control.
  • B represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the composition.
  • A antiviral activity value of 4.0 or more
  • B antiviral activity value of 3.5 or more and less than 4.0
  • C antiviral activity value of 3.0 or more and less than 3.5
  • D The antiviral activity value is 2.0 or more and less than 3.0
  • E The antiviral activity value is less than 2.0
  • the following table shows the relationship between the composition of the composition and the results.
  • content of an antiviral agent is a mass% reference
  • content of a solvent was 93 mass% or more with respect to the total mass of a composition.
  • the description of compounds designated as antiviral agents in Example 29 indicates that both compounds are in a tautomeric relationship.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound which is a polymer in Example 37 is 11,000.
  • compositions of the examples exhibited excellent antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
  • antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus is superior to the case where the pH is 10.0 or more, and further excellent when the pH is 10.5 or more (comparison of Examples 1 to 5).
  • the antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus was confirmed to be superior to the case where the alcohol content is 30% by volume or more with respect to the total volume of the solvent, and further excellent when the content is 40% by volume or more Comparison of Examples 4 and 6-11).
  • the antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus was confirmed to be superior when the content of the phenolic compound (compound A and B) was 0.10% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the composition. Comparison of Examples 4 and 12-14. When Compound A was used, it was confirmed that the antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus was more excellent than when Compound B was used (result of Example 29).
  • the composition of the Example is excellent also in storage stability. It was confirmed that the storage stability of the composition is more excellent when the compound A has a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0 (in particular, a group belonging to the substituent T group) (Example 33 and the other examples).
  • all R 11 in the formula (1) represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0, it was confirmed that the storage stability of the composition is more excellent (Example 26) And 30 compared).
  • the phenolic compound is a compound represented by the formula (Q2) having R q21 which is a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant ⁇ p of more than 0 (in particular, a group belonging to the substituent S group), preservation of the composition It was confirmed that the stability is more excellent (comparison with Examples 24 and 27).
  • Example 38 to 59 Preparation of composition for antiviral agent] Preparation of antiviral composition of Examples 38 to 59 According to the preparation method of the composition for antiviral of Example 1, the composition for antiviral of Examples 38 to 59 is prepared with the component combination and pH shown in Table 2, and the same evaluation as in Example 1 is performed. The
  • ClogP value of the compound (described as “ClogP value of molecule” in the table) and the ClogP value of hydrocarbon were calculated by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver 13.
  • hydrocarbon group refers to * -COOR X1 , * -CON (R X1 ) (R X2 ), * -CONHR X1 and * -COO-R X2 -OCO- * in each compound.
  • R X1 ”, “R X2 ” of a site represented by for example, a group connecting two W in Examples 57 to 59 is applicable
  • the number of hydrocarbon groups is represented by * -COOR X1 , * -CON (R X1 ) (R X2 ), * -CONHR X1 or * -COO-R X2- OCO- * in each compound.
  • the carbon number of "R X1 " and "R X2 " of the site is intended. Note that, for * -CON (R X1 ) (R X2 ), the total carbon number of "R X1 " and "R X2 " is the number of hydrocarbon groups.
  • Examples 60 to 65, Comparative Examples 4 to 5 [Preparation of composition] Preparation of Compositions of Examples 60 to 65 and Comparative Examples 4 to 5 According to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1, the compositions of Examples 60 to 65 and Comparative Examples 4 to 5 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 3.
  • test carrier stainless steel plate
  • virus remaining from the test carrier was washed out to obtain a virus solution for sample preparation.
  • a virus solution for preparing a control sample was obtained in the same manner as described above except that a test cloth impregnated with sterile purified water was used instead of the test cloth impregnated with the antiviral composition.
  • CRFK cells cultured on agar medium were inoculated with 0.1 mL of the virus solution for sample preparation, and adsorbed at 37 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • the test solution on CRFK cells was washed away, and the agar medium was overlaid and cultured for 2 to 3 days.
  • the number of plaques formed on the agar medium was counted to calculate the infectivity titer, which was defined as "infectivity titer of the composition for antiviral agent". Moreover, the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the virus liquid for sample preparation, and having used the virus liquid for control sample preparation, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control.”
  • Antiviral activity value AB
  • A represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the control.
  • B represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the composition.
  • antiviral activity value is 2.5 or more
  • B antiviral activity value is 2.0 or more and less than 2.5
  • C antiviral activity value is less than 2.0
  • Examples 60 to 65 in which the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and the alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms are used in combination are compared with the alcohols and fenoxides in comparison with Example 4 in which the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms is used alone. It is considered that the synergistic effect with the anion is further strengthened, the antiviral activity is improved, and the virus and the stain can be physically removed.
  • Examples 66 to 71, Comparative Example 6 [Preparation of composition] Preparation of Compositions of Examples 66 to 71 and Comparative Example 6 According to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1, the compositions of Examples 66 to 71 and Comparative Example 6 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 4. In addition, content of an additive is content (mass%) with respect to the total mass of a composition.
  • Example 72 to 75 [Preparation of composition] Preparation of Compositions of Examples 72 to 75 According to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1, the compositions of Examples 72 to 75 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 5. In addition, content of an additive is content (mass%) with respect to the total mass of a composition.
  • composition exhibits better antiviral activity when it contains other phenolic compounds or quaternary ammonium salts as additives.
  • Example 76 [Preparation of composition] Preparation of Composition of Example 76 The composition of Example 76 was prepared according to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1 using the component combinations and pH shown in Table 6.
  • MDCK cells dog renal tubular epithelial derived cells, ATCC CCL-344 cultured on an agar medium, and adsorbed at 34 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • the test solution on MDCK cells was washed away, and the agar medium was overlaid and cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of plaques formed on the agar medium was counted to calculate the infectivity titer, which was defined as the "infectivity titer of the composition”.
  • the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the composition and using sterilized purified water, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control.”
  • the calculation and evaluation of the antiviral activity value were performed in the same manner as the evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity of Example 1.
  • E. coli and Staphylococcus aureus were carried out using the method for testing the disinfectant activity of synthetic household detergents and soaps as defined by the Detergents and Soap Fair Trade Council.
  • the strain of bacteria used for the test was E. coli: Escherichia coli NBRC 3972, and Staphylococcus aureus: Staphylococcus aureus NBRC 12732.
  • the calculation and evaluation of the antibacterial activity value were performed in the same manner as the evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity of Example 1.
  • composition of the present invention exhibits high activity against influenza virus and bacteria.
  • Example 77, Example 78, Comparative Example 7 [Preparation of composition] Preparation of Compositions of Example 77, Example 78, and Comparative Example 7
  • the compositions of Example 77 and Example 78 were prepared according to the method of preparing the composition of Example 1 and at the component combinations and pH shown in Table 7.
  • Example 78 having a pH of 12.0 or less, almost no corrosion was observed on the aluminum plate, copper and brass. Some corrosion was confirmed to aluminum in Example 77 whose pH is more than 12.0.
  • sodium hypochlorite which is widely used as a norovirus disinfectant, showed some corrosion to aluminum and severe corrosion to copper and brass.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a composition with excellent antiviral activity and storage stability. A further purpose of the present invention is to provide an antimicrobial composition, an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper that use said composition. This composition contains a solvent, and, as a six-membered aromatic ring group in which at least 2 hydroxyl groups are substituted, a phenol compound selected from the group consisting of a compound A having only the residue that remains after removing one or more hydrogen atoms, other than the hydrogen atoms in the hydroxy groups, in the compound represented in formula (1), and a compound B represented by formula (2), and the pH of the composition is greater than 9.3 and less than or equal to 14.0.

Description

組成物、抗菌組成物、抗ウイルス用組成物、抗ノロウイルス用組成物、スプレー、ワイパーComposition, antibacterial composition, composition for antiviral, composition for anti-norovirus, spray, wiper
　本発明は、本発明は、組成物、抗菌組成物、抗ウイルス用組成物、抗ノロウイルス用組成物、スプレー、及び、ワイパーに関する。 The present invention relates to a composition, an antimicrobial composition, an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray, and a wiper.
　ウイルスは、細胞構造を有する細菌及び真菌等の微生物と異なり、細胞構造を持たず、ゲノムをカプシドという外殻タンパク質の中に持つ構造体である。ウイルスは、ゲノムがＤＮＡ（ｄｅｏｘｙｒｉｂｏｎｕｃｌｅｉｃ　ａｃｉｄ）又はＲＮＡ（ｒｉｂｏｎｕｃｌｅｉｃ　ａｃｉｄ）かによって２種類に大別され、カプシドが脂質二重膜からなるエンベロープで覆われている有膜ウイルスとエンベロープで覆われていない無膜ウイルスかによって更に分類される。具体的には、ＤＮＡタイプの有膜ウイルスには、ヒトヘルペスウイルス及びＢ型肝炎ウイルス等、ＤＮＡタイプの無膜ウイルスには、アデノウイルス及びＢ１９ウイルス等、ＲＮＡタイプの有膜ウイルスには、インフルエンザウイルス、ＳＡＲＳ（ｓｅｖｅｒｅ　ａｃｕｔｅ　ｒｅｓｐｉｒａｔｏｒｙ　ｓｙｎｄｒｏｍｅ）コロナウイルス等、ＲＮＡタイプの無膜ウイルスには、ノロウイルス、ポリオウイルス、及びエンテロウイルス等が含まれる。 Viruses, unlike bacteria having a cell structure and microorganisms such as fungi, have no cell structure and are a structure having a genome in a coat protein called capsid. Viruses are roughly divided into two types depending on whether the genome is DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) or RNA (ribonucleic acid), and the enveloped virus is composed of an envelope consisting of a lipid bilayer and a capsid consisting of a lipid bilayer membrane, and the non-enveloped case. It is further classified according to whether it is a membrane virus. Specifically, DNA-type filmed viruses include human herpesvirus and hepatitis B virus, DNA-type non-film viruses such as adenovirus and B19 virus, and RNA-type filmed viruses such as influenza Viruses, RNAS type non-membrane viruses such as SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) coronavirus, norovirus, polio virus, enterovirus etc. are included.
　例えば、特許文献１には、グレープフルーツ種子抽出物を含有する、抗ノロウイルス組成物が開示されている（請求項２）。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an anti-norovirus composition containing grapefruit seed extract (claim 2).
特開２００９－２９２７３６号公報JP, 2009-292736, A
　本発明者らは、特許文献１に記載された抗ノロウイルス組成物について検討したところ、抗ウイルス活性について改善の余地があることを知見した。また、特許文献１に記載された抗ノロウイルス組成物は保存安定性に問題があり、保存中に着色が生じやすく、抗ウイルス活性が低下しやすいことを知見した。 The present inventors examined the anti-norovirus composition described in Patent Document 1 and found that there is room for improvement in antiviral activity. In addition, it has been found that the anti-norovirus composition described in Patent Document 1 has a problem in storage stability, tends to be colored during storage, and tends to reduce antiviral activity.
　そこで、本発明は、抗ウイルス活性及び保存安定性に優れる組成物を提供することを課題とする。
　また、本発明は、上記組成物を用いた、抗菌組成物、抗ウイルス用組成物、抗ノロウイルス用組成物、スプレー、及び、ワイパーを提供することを課題とする。 Then, this invention makes it a subject to provide the composition which is excellent in antiviral activity and storage stability.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an antimicrobial composition, an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray, and a wiper, using the above composition.
　本発明者らは、鋭意検討の結果、組成物が特定の構造を有する化合物を含むことで、上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
　すなわち、以下のような構成により、上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 MEANS TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM The present inventors discovered that the said subject could be solved because a composition contains the compound which has a specific structure as a result of earnest examination.
That is, it discovered that the said subject was solvable by the following structures.
　〔１〕　化合物Ａ及び化合物Ｂからなる群から選択されるフェノール系化合物と、
　溶媒と、を含み、
　ｐＨが９．３超１４．０以下である、組成物。
　化合物Ａ：２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基として、後述する式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基のみを有する化合物
　化合物Ｂ：後述する式（２）で表される化合物
　〔２〕　式（１）中のＸ１１～Ｘ１４の少なくとも１個が、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基であるＲ１１を有する－ＣＲ１１＝を表す、〔１〕に記載の組成物。
　〔３〕　Ｒ１１で表される、水酸基以外の置換基が、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基である、〔１〕又は〔２〕に記載の組成物。
　〔４〕　上記式（１）で表される化合物が後述する式（３）で表される化合物である、〔１〕～〔３〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔５〕　上記フェノール系化合物が、化合物Ａとして、Ｘ１１が－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝で表される式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基のみを有する化合物を含む、〔１〕～〔３〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔６〕　上記フェノール系化合物が、化合物Ａとして、Ｘ３１が－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝で表される式（３）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基のみを有する化合物を含む、〔４〕に記載の組成物。
　〔７〕　上記化合物ＡのＣＬｏｇＰが、５．００～２０．００である、〔１〕～〔６〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔８〕　上記化合物ＡのＣＬｏｇＰが、７．００～１５．００である、〔１〕～〔７〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔９〕　上記溶媒が、アルコールを含む、〔１〕～〔８〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔１０〕　上記アルコールの含有量が、上記溶媒の全体積に対して、３０～１００体積％である、〔９〕に記載の組成物。
　〔１１〕　上記アルコールの含有量が、上記溶媒の全体積に対して、４０～１００体積％である、〔９〕又は〔１０〕に記載の組成物。
　〔１２〕　上記アルコールが、炭素数２以下のアルコールと、炭素数３以上のアルコールと、を含む、〔９〕～〔１１〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔１３〕　上記組成物中の、上記フェノール系化合物の合計含有量が、上記組成物の全質量に対して、０．１０～５．００質量％である、〔１〕～〔１２〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔１４〕　ｐＨが、１０．０～１２．０である、〔１〕～〔１３〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔１５〕　更に、４級アンモニウム塩を含む、〔１〕～〔１４〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔１６〕　更に、界面活性剤を含む、〔１〕～〔１５〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔１７〕　液剤である、〔１〕～〔１６〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔１８〕　ジェル剤である、〔１〕～〔１６〕のいずれかに記載の組成物。
　〔１９〕　〔１〕～〔１８〕のいずれかに記載の組成物からなる、抗菌組成物。
　〔２０〕　〔１〕～〔１９〕のいずれかに記載の組成物からなる、抗ウイルス用組成物。
　〔２１〕　〔１〕～〔２０〕のいずれかに記載の組成物からなる、抗ノロウイルス用組成物。
　〔２２〕　スプレー容器と、上記スプレー容器に収容された〔１〕～〔１８〕のいずれかに記載の組成物と、を含む、スプレー。
　〔２３〕　基布と、上記基布に含浸させた〔１〕～〔１８〕のいずれかに記載の組成物と、を含む、ワイパー。 [1] A phenolic compound selected from the group consisting of compound A and compound B,
A solvent, and
The composition, wherein the pH is greater than 9.3 and less than 14.0.
Compound A: As a six-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups, one or more hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups in a compound represented by the formula (1) described later are removed Compound having only one residue compound B: a compound represented by the formula (2) described later [2] At least one of X 11 to X 14 in the formula (1) has a Hammett substituent constant σ p of 0 The composition according to [1], which represents -CR 11 = having R 11 which is also a large substituent.
[3] The composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the substituent other than a hydroxyl group represented by R 11 is a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0.
[4] The composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the compound represented by the formula (1) is a compound represented by the formula (3) described later.
[5] The compound represented by the formula (1), wherein X 11 is represented by —C (OH) = as the compound A, wherein one of the above-mentioned phenol compounds is a hydrogen atom other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group The composition according to any one of [1] to [3], which comprises a compound having only the residues removed above.
[6] In the compound represented by the formula (3) in which X 31 is represented by —C (OH) = as the compound A, the above-mentioned phenolic compound has one hydrogen atom other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group The composition as described in [4], which comprises a compound having only the residues removed above.
[7] The composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein CLogP of the compound A is 5.00 to 20.00.
[8] The composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein CLogP of the compound A is 7.00 to 15.00.
[9] The composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the solvent contains an alcohol.
[10] The composition according to [9], wherein the content of the alcohol is 30 to 100% by volume based on the total volume of the solvent.
[11] The composition according to [9] or [10], wherein the content of the alcohol is 40 to 100% by volume based on the total volume of the solvent.
[12] The composition according to any one of [9] to [11], wherein the alcohol comprises an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms.
[13] Any one of [1] to [12], wherein the total content of the phenolic compound in the composition is 0.10 to 5.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition The composition according to claim 1.
[14] The composition according to any one of [1] to [13], which has a pH of 10.0 to 12.0.
[15] The composition according to any one of [1] to [14], further comprising a quaternary ammonium salt.
[16] The composition according to any one of [1] to [15], further comprising a surfactant.
[17] The composition according to any one of [1] to [16], which is a liquid preparation.
[18] The composition according to any one of [1] to [16], which is a gel.
[19] An antimicrobial composition comprising the composition according to any one of [1] to [18].
[20] An antiviral composition comprising the composition according to any one of [1] to [19].
[21] An anti-norovirus composition comprising the composition according to any one of [1] to [20].
[22] A spray comprising: a spray container; and the composition according to any one of [1] to [18] housed in the spray container.
[23] A wiper, comprising: a base cloth; and the composition according to any one of [1] to [18] impregnated in the base cloth.
　本発明によれば、抗ウイルス活性及び保存安定性が優れる組成物を提供できる。
　また、本発明によれば、上記組成物を用いた、抗菌組成物、抗ウイルス用組成物、抗ノロウイルス用組成物、スプレー、及び、ワイパーを提供できる。 According to the present invention, a composition having excellent antiviral activity and storage stability can be provided.
Further, according to the present invention, an antimicrobial composition, an antiviral composition, an anti-norovirus composition, a spray and a wiper can be provided using the above composition.
　以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
　以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
　なお、本明細書において、「～」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「～」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
　本明細書において、「（メタ）アクリレート」とは、アクリレート、メタクリレートのいずれか又は双方を包含する概念である。
　本明細書において、特定の符号で表示された置換基及び連結基等（以下、置換基等という）が複数あるとき、又は、複数の置換基等を同時に規定するときには、それぞれの置換基等は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよいことを意味する。このことは、置換基等の数の規定についても同様である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
Although the description of the configuration requirements described below may be made based on the representative embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, a numerical range represented using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” is a concept including either or both of acrylate and methacrylate.
In the present specification, when there are a plurality of substituents and linking groups etc. (hereinafter referred to as substituents etc.) represented by specific symbols, or when a plurality of substituents etc. are simultaneously defined, each substituent is It means that they may be the same as or different from each other. The same applies to the definition of the number of substituents and the like.
〔組成物〕
　本発明の組成物は、後述するフェノール系化合物、及び、溶媒を含み、ｐＨが９．３超である。
　このような構成によって本発明の課題が解決されるメカニズムは必ずしも明確ではないが、本発明の組成物の構成によって、後述するフェノール系化合物が、フェノール性水酸基が解離したフェノキサイドアニオンとなり、これがウイルスを不活性化すると推定している。
　更に、本発明の組成物であれば、保存安定性にも優れる。 〔Composition〕
The composition of the present invention contains a phenolic compound to be described later and a solvent, and has a pH of more than 9.3.
Although the mechanism by which the subject of the present invention is solved by such constitution is not necessarily clear, the constitution of the composition of the present invention makes the phenolic compound to be described later be a phenoxide anion in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is dissociated. Is estimated to inactivate the
Furthermore, the composition of the present invention is also excellent in storage stability.
［組成物の成分］
　以下、組成物が含まれる成分について説明する。 [Component of composition]
Hereinafter, the component in which a composition is contained is demonstrated.
＜フェノール系化合物＞
　本発明の組成物は、２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香族環基として、式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基のみを有する化合物（以下、「化合物Ａ」ともいう）、及び、式（２）で表される化合物（以下、「化合物Ｂ」ともいう）からなる群から選択されるフェノール系化合物を含む。
　組成物の抗ウイルス活性がより優れる点から、本発明の組成物中のフェノール系化合物の含有量（複数のフェノール系化合物を含む場合はその合計量）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．０１～１０．００質量％が好ましく、０．１０～５．００質量％がより好ましく、０．３０～５．００質量％がさらに好ましく、０．３５～３．００質量％が特に好ましい。
　以下、フェノール系化合物を個別に説明する。 <Phenolic compounds>
In the composition of the present invention, a hydrogen atom other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by the formula (1) is used as an aromatic ring group of a 6-membered ring in which two or more hydroxyl groups are substituted. Phenol selected from the group consisting of a compound having only a residue which is removed by number or more (hereinafter also referred to as “compound A”), and a compound represented by the formula (2) (hereinafter also referred to as “compound B”) It contains the system compound.
From the viewpoint that the antiviral activity of the composition is more excellent, the content of the phenolic compound in the composition of the present invention (the total amount of the plurality of phenolic compounds, if any) is relative to the total mass of the composition 0.01 to 10.00 mass% is preferable, 0.10 to 5.00 mass% is more preferable, 0.30 to 5.00 mass% is more preferable, and 0.35 to 3.00 mass% is particularly preferable .
The phenolic compounds are individually described below.
（化合物Ａ）
　化合物Ａは、２個以上の水酸基が置換している芳香族環基として、式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基（以下「式（１）残基」ともいう）のみを有する化合物である。
　化合物Ａは、少なくとも１個の、式（１）残基を有する。
　化合物Ａは、化合物中に式（１）残基を１個のみ有していてもよく、２個以上有していてもよい。
　化合物Ａが式（１）残基を２個以上有する場合、化合物Ａは、式（１）残基同士が直接結合していてもよく、複数の式（１）残基が連結基を介して結合していてもよい。 (Compound A)
Compound A is a residue obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by Formula (1) as an aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups Hereinafter, it is a compound having only “the residue of formula (1)”.
Compound A has at least one residue of formula (1).
The compound A may have only one residue of the formula (1) in the compound, or may have two or more.
When the compound A has two or more residues of the formula (1), the residues of the formula (1) may be directly bonded to each other in the compound A, and a plurality of residues of the formula (1) may be linked via a linking group It may be combined.
　なお、化合物Ａはポリマーであっても、ポリマーでなくてもよい。
　ポリマーではない化合物Ａの分子量は、例えば、１１０～２０００が好ましく、１２０～１５００がより好ましい。
　ポリマーではない化合物Ａが有する式（１）残基の合計数は、例えば、１～１０が好ましく、１～６がより好ましい。
　ポリマーである化合物Ａは、式（１）残基を含む繰り返し単位を有するのが好ましい。
　ポリマーである化合物Ａの重量平均分子量は、例えば、１０００～１００万が好ましく、５０００～１００万がより好ましい。
　なお、本明細書においてフェノール系化合物がポリマーである場合、重量平均分子量（Ｍｗ）は、ＧＰＣ（Ｇｅｌ　Ｐｅｒｍｅａｔｉｏｎ　Ｃｈｒｏｍａｔｏｇｒａｐｈｙ）によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 The compound A may or may not be a polymer.
The molecular weight of the compound A which is not a polymer is, for example, preferably 110 to 2000, and more preferably 120 to 1,500.
The total number of residues of the formula (1) possessed by the compound A which is not a polymer is, for example, preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 6.
Compound A, which is a polymer, preferably has a repeating unit containing a residue of formula (1).
The weight average molecular weight of Compound A, which is a polymer, is, for example, preferably 1,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000.
In addition, when a phenol type compound is a polymer in this specification, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography).
　化合物Ａが２個以上の式（１）残基を有する場合、複数の式（１）残基はそれぞれ同一でもよく異なっていてもよい。 When the compound A has two or more residues of formula (1), the plurality of residues of formula (1) may be identical to or different from one another.
　以下において、式（１）について説明する。 Formula (1) will be described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
　式（１）中、Ｘ１１は、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲ１１＝を表す。
　Ｘ１２～Ｘ１４は、それぞれ独立に、－ＣＲ１１＝又は窒素原子を表す。
　Ｒ１１は、水酸基以外の置換基又は水素原子を表す。
　Ｘ１１は、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝又は－ＣＲ１１＝であるのが好ましく、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝であるのがより好ましい。
　Ｘ１２～Ｘ１４は、－ＣＲ１１＝であるのが好ましい。
　－ＣＲ１１＝が複数存在する場合、複数のＲ１１はそれぞれ同一でもよく異なっていてもよい。
　なお、本明細書において、「水酸基以外の置換基」とは、「－ＯＨ」以外の置換基でありさえすればよく、置換基内に含まれる置換基として水酸基が含まれていてもよい。例えば、Ｒ１１で表される「水酸基以外の置換基」は、－ＣＨ２（ＯＨ）であってもよい。 In formula (1), X 11 represents —C (OH) =, a nitrogen atom, or —CR 11 =.
Each of X 12 to X 14 independently represents —CR 11 = or a nitrogen atom.
R 11 represents a substituent other than a hydroxyl group or a hydrogen atom.
X 11 is preferably —C (OH) = or —CR 11 =, more preferably —C (OH) =.
It is preferable that X 12 to X 14 be -CR 11 =.
When there are a plurality of -CR 11 =, each R 11 may be the same as or different from each other.
In the present specification, the “substituent other than hydroxyl group” may be a substituent other than “—OH” and may contain a hydroxyl group as a substituent contained in the substituent. For example, the “substituent other than hydroxyl group” represented by R 11 may be —CH 2 (OH).
　Ｒ１１で表される水酸基以外の置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、複素環基（非芳香族複素環及び芳香族複素環等。ヘテロ原子は窒素原子、硫黄原子、又は、酸素原子が好ましい。具体的には、ピリリウム環、ベンゾピリリウム環、クロマノン環、ピリジル基、ピリミジル基、ピラジル基、オキサゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、チアゾリル基、トリアジニル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、キノキサリル基、シンノリル基、及び、プテリジル基等）、ハロゲン原子（フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子等）、ニトロ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アルカリ金属オキシ基（ナトリウムオキシ基及びカリウムオキシ基等）、スルホン酸塩基（スルホン酸ナトリウム基等）、糖基、ビニレン基（＊－Ｃ＝Ｃ－＊）を有する基、エチニレン基（＊－Ｃ≡Ｃ－＊）を有する基、エーテル基（＊－Ｏ－＊）を有する基、チオエーテル基（＊－Ｓ－＊）を有する基、イミノ基（＊－Ｃ（＝Ｎ－＊）－＊）を有する基、エステル基（＊－ＣＯ－Ｏ－＊及び＊－Ｏ－ＣＯ－＊）を有する基、カルボニル基（＊－ＣＯ－＊）を有する基、ホスフィンオキシド基（＊－Ｐ（＝Ｏ）（－＊）２）を有する基、ホスホン酸エステル基（＊－Ｐ（＝Ｏ）（－Ｏ－＊）２）を有する基、リン酸エステル基（＊－ＯＰ（＝Ｏ）（－Ｏ－＊）２）を有する基、スルフィニル基（＊－Ｓ（＝Ｏ）－＊）を有する基、スルホニル基（＊－ＳＯ２－＊）を有する基、アミド基（＊－ＣＯ－Ｎ（－＊）２及び＊－Ｎ（－＊）－ＣＯ－＊）を有する基、スルホンアミド基（＊－ＳＯ２－Ｎ（－＊）２及び＊－Ｎ（－＊）－ＳＯ２－＊）を有する基、アゾ基（＊－Ｎ＝Ｎ－＊）を有する基、トリアルコキシシリル基（＊－Ｓｉ（ＯＲＳ１ ３））を有する基、アンモニウム基（＊－Ｎ＋（－＊）３）を有する基、スルホニウム基（＊－Ｓ＋（－＊）２）を有する基、ホスホニウム基（＊－Ｐ＋（－＊）３）を有する基、オキソニウム基（＊－Ｏ＋（－＊）２）を有する基、カルボニウム基（＊－Ｃ＋（－＊）２）を有する基、ハロニウム基（＊－Ｘ＋－＊；Ｘはハロゲン原子）を有する基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基が挙げられる。
　上記＊は、結合位置を表す。
　上記例示中、ＲＳ１はアルキル基を表す。１個の基中にＲＳ１が複数存在する場合、複数のＲＳ１は、それぞれ同一でもよく異なっていてもよい。
　例示中の、イオン性基を有する基に対する対イオンに特に制限はなく、ハロゲン化物イオン等が挙げられる。
　また、置換基は、可能な場合、更に置換基（特に制限はなく、水酸基であってもよい）を有していてもよい。 Examples of the substituent other than a hydroxyl group represented by R 11 include, for example, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group (a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, etc. Heteroatoms are nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, Or an oxygen atom is preferred, specifically, pyrylium ring, benzopyrylium ring, chromanone ring, pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, pyrazolyl group, oxazolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazinyl group, quinolyl group, Isoquinolyl group, quinoxalyl group, cinnolyl group, pteridyl group etc., halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom etc.), nitro group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, cyano group, nitro group , Amino group, alkali metal oxy group (sodium oxy group and potassium oxy group etc.), sulfonate group (sulfone) Acid group, etc.), a sugar group, a group having a vinylene group (* -C = C- *), a group having an ethynylene group (* -C≡C- *), an ether group (* -O- *) Group, a group having a thioether group (* -S- *), a group having an imino group (* -C (= N-*)-*), an ester group (* -CO-O- * and * -O-CO A group having-*, a group having a carbonyl group (* -CO- *), a group having a phosphine oxide group (* -P (= O) (-*) 2 ), a phosphonic acid ester group (* -P (* -P) A group having = O) (-O- *) 2 , a group having a phosphate group (* -OP (= O) (-O- *) 2 ), a sulfinyl group (* -S (= O)- *) groups having a sulfonyl group (* -SO 2 - *) groups having an amide group (* -CO-N (- * ) 2 , and * -N (- *) - O-*) group having the sulfonamide group (* -SO 2 -N (- * ) 2 , and * -N (- *) - SO 2 - *) groups having an azo group (* -N = N- A group having *, a group having a trialkoxysilyl group (* -Si (OR S1 3 ), a group having an ammonium group (* -N + (-*) 3 ), a sulfonium group (* -S + (- *) 2 ) A group having 2 ), a group having a phosphonium group (* -P + (-*) 3 ), a group having an oxonium group (*-O + (-*) 2 ), a carbonium group (*-C + ( Examples thereof include a group having-*) 2 ), a group having a halonium group (* -X + -*; X is a halogen atom), and a group obtained by combining these.
The above * represents a bonding position.
In the above examples, R S1 represents an alkyl group. If R S1 in one group there is a plurality, the plurality of R S1 may be different may be respectively identical.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular in the counter ion with respect to group which has an ionic group in illustration, A halide ion etc. are mentioned.
Moreover, the substituent may further have a substituent (which is not particularly limited and may be a hydroxyl group), if possible.
　なお、上記例示中のアルキル基は、直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素数は１～２０が好ましい。
　上記例示中のアリール基は、炭素数６～１５が好ましく、６～１０がより好ましく、６が更に好ましい。 The alkyl group in the above examples may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure. The carbon number is preferably 1 to 20.
The aryl group in the above examples preferably has 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10, and still more preferably 6 carbon atoms.
　中でも、Ｒ１１は、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基が好ましい。
　ハメット置換基定数σｐは、Ｃｈｅｍ．　Ｒｅｖ．１９９１、９１、ｐ１６５－１９５を参考にできる。 Among them, R 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0.
Hammett substituent constant σ p is determined according to Chem. Rev. 1991, 91, p 165-195 can be referred to.
　ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基の例としては、以下に示す置換基Ｔ群に属する基が挙げられる。つまり、Ｒ１１は、水素原子又は置換基Ｔ群のいずれかであるのが好ましい。 As an example of the substituent whose Hammett substituent constant (sigma) p is larger than 0, the group which belongs to the substituent T group shown below is mentioned. That is, R 11 is preferably either a hydrogen atom or a substituent T group.
・置換基Ｔ群
　置換基Ｔとしては、例えば、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ２（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、リン酸基、パーフルオロアルキル基、パーフルオロアリール基、パーフルオロアルキルオキシ基、アルカンスルホニル基、アルカンスルホニルオキシ基、アリールスルホニル基、アリールスルホニルオキシ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、ヘテロアリールスルフィニル基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロアリールアゾ基、トリアルコキシシリル基、－ＣＯ－ＲＳ２、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－ＲＳ２、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ２ ２、－ＳＯ２－ＮＲＳ２ ２、－ＮＲＳ２（ＳＯ２ＲＳ２）、－Ｎ（ＳＯ２ＲＳ２）２、－ＳＯ２－ＮＲＳ２ ２、－Ｃ（＝ＮＲＳ２）ＲＳ２、－Ｐ（＝Ｏ）（ＯＲＳ２ ２）、－Ｃ≡ＣＲＳ３、－Ｎ＋ＲＳ２ ３、－Ｓ＋ＲＳ２ ２、－Ｐ＋ＲＳ２ ３、－Ｏ＋ＲＳ２ ２、－Ｃ＋ＲＳ２ ２、－Ｘ＋ＲＳ２、ヘテロアリール基（例えば、ピリジル基、ピリミジル基、ピラジル基、オキサゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、チアゾリル基、トリアジニル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、キノキサリル基、シンノリル基、又は、プテリジル基であって、式中の芳香環に対して、σｐ＞０となる位置で結合している基）、及び、これらを組み合わせた基が挙げられる。 -Substituent group T As the substituent T, for example, -CO-O- RS2 (especially alkoxycarbonyl group), carboxyl group, halogen atom, phosphoric acid group, perfluoroalkyl group, perfluoroaryl group, perfluoro group Alkyloxy group, alkanesulfonyl group, alkanesulfonyloxy group, arylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyloxy group, nitro group, cyano group, formyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, heteroarylsulfinyl group, arylazo group, heteroarylazo group, trialkoxysilyl group, -CO-R S2, -O- CO-R S2, -CO-NR S2 2, -SO 2 -NR S2 2, -NR S2 (SO 2 R S2), - N (SO 2 R S2) 2, -SO 2 -NR S2 2, -C (= NR 2) R S2, -P (= O) (OR S2 2), - C≡CR S3, -N + R S2 3, -S + R S2 2, -P + R S2 3, -O + R S2 2 , -C + R S2 2, -X + R S2, heteroaryl group (e.g., pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazinyl group, oxazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a triazinyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, Examples thereof include a quinoxalyl group, a cinnolyl group, or a pteridyl group, which are bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula at a position where σ p > 0, and groups obtained by combining these.
　置換基Ｔ群中、ＲＳ２は水素原子又は置換基を表し、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基が好ましく、アルキル基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。ただし、上記ＲＳ２で表される置換基は、結合する基のσｐを０以下にはしない。１個の基中にＲＳ２が複数存在する場合、複数のＲＳ２は、それぞれ同一でもよく異なっていてもよい。
　置換基Ｔ群中、ＲＳ３は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基を表す。１個の基中にＲＳ３が複数存在する場合、複数のＲＳ３は、それぞれ同一でもよく異なっていてもよい。 In the substituent group T, R S2 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is preferable, and an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is more preferable preferable. However, the substituent represented by the above R S2 does not set σ p of the bonding group to 0 or less. If R S2 in one group there is a plurality, the plurality of R S2 may be different may be respectively identical.
In the substituent group T, R S3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. If R S3 in one group there is a plurality, the plurality of R S3 may be different may be respectively identical.
　また、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基は、例えば、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－Ｏ－ＣＨ２ＣＨ３（σｐ＝０．０３）のように、ビニレン基、エチニレン基、イミノ基、アゾ基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基等の共役基を介して、更にハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基（例えば置換基Ｔ群のいずれか）が結合しているのも好ましい。 In addition, a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of greater than 0 is, for example, a vinylene group such as -CH = CH-C (= O) -O-CH 2 CH 3 (σ p = 0.03). , And a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0 via a conjugated group such as ethynylene group, imino group, azo group, aryl group or heteroaryl group (eg, any one of substituent group T) Is also preferred.
　なお、上記の置換基Ｔ群に属する基にアルキル基が含まれる場合、直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素数は１～２０が好ましい。
　置換基Ｔ群に属する基にアリール基が含まれる場合、炭素数６～１５が好ましく、６～１０がより好ましく、６が更に好ましい。
　これらの基が更に置換基を有することができる場合、置換基（水酸基又はＲ１１で表される置換基の例として置換基Ｔ群以前に挙げた基等）を有していてもよい。 In the case where the group belonging to the above-mentioned substituent group T contains an alkyl group, it may be linear or branched and may have a cyclic structure. The carbon number is preferably 1 to 20.
When the group belonging to the substituent T group contains an aryl group, it preferably has 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10, and still more preferably 6.
When these groups can further have a substituent, they may have a substituent (a group such as a hydroxyl group or a group mentioned before the substituent T group as an example of a substituent represented by R 11 ).
　置換基Ｔ群の中でも、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ２（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ２ ２、－ＳＯ２－ＮＲＳ２ ２、アシル基、アルカンスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロアリールアゾ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、又は、カルボキシル基が好ましく、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ２（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ２ ２、アリールアゾ基、又は、カルボキシル基がより好ましく、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ２（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ２ ２、アリールアゾ基、又は、カルボキシル基が更に好ましい。
　なかでも、後述するようにフェノール系化合物のＣｌｏｇＰ値をより高めることによって優れた抗ウイルス性を得る観点からは、
　置換基群Ｔが、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ２を表し、且つ、上記ＲＳ２が炭素数１０以上の炭化水素基（炭化水素基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基が好ましい。）を表すか、又は、
　置換基群Ｔが－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ２ ２を表し、且つ、２つのＲＳ２の少なくとも一つは炭化水素基（炭化水素基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基が好ましい。）を表し、２個のＲＳ２の炭素数の合計が１０以上であることが好ましい。 Among the substituents T group also, -CO-O-R S2 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S2 2 , -SO 2 -NR S2 2, acyl group, alkanesulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylazo group , heteroaryl azo group, a cyano group, a formyl group, or preferably a carboxyl group, -CO-O-R S2 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S2 2 , arylazo groups, or, more carboxyl groups preferably, -CO-O-R S2 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S2 2 , arylazo group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable.
Among them, as described later, from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent antiviral property by further increasing the ClogP value of the phenolic compound,
The substituent group T represents —CO—O—R S2 , and the above R S2 is a hydrocarbon group having 10 or more carbon atoms (the hydrocarbon group is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group). Or, or
Substituent group T represents -CO-NR S2 2, and at least one of two R S2 is (Examples of the hydrocarbon group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or alkynyl group.) Hydrocarbon group represents It is preferable that the sum of carbon numbers of two R S2s is 10 or more.
　式（１）中のＸ１１～Ｘ１４の少なくとも１個が－ＣＲ１１＝であって、これらの－ＣＲ１１＝中、少なくとも１個のＲ１１が、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基であるのが好ましい。
　式（１）中のＸ１１～Ｘ１４の少なくとも１個が、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基であるＲ１１を有する－ＣＲ１１＝を表すのがより好ましい。
　また、式（１）中の全てのＲ１１で表される、水酸基以外の置換基が、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基であるのが好ましい。
　式（１）中の全てのＲ１１が、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基であるのが好ましい。 In the formula (1), at least one of X 11 to X 14 is —CR 11 、, and in these —CR 11中, at least one R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a Hammett substituent constant σ p Preferably, the substituent is greater than zero.
It is more preferable that at least one of X 11 to X 14 in the formula (1) represents -CR 11 = having R 11 which is a substituent whose Hammett substituent constant σ p is larger than 0.
In addition, it is preferable that the substituent other than the hydroxyl group represented by all R 11 in the formula (1) is a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p larger than 0.
It is preferred that all R 11 in the formula (1) be a hydrogen atom or a substituent whose Hammett substituent constant σ p is larger than 0.
　また、１個の式（１）で表される化合物中に複数のＲ１１が存在する場合、複数のＲ１１同士（例えば、Ｘ１１及びＸ１３が－ＣＲ１１＝である場合における隣接するＲ１１同士、Ｘ１１及びＸ１４が－ＣＲ１１＝である場合における隣接するＲ１１同士）は、互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。なお、複数のＲ１１同士が互いに結合して環を形成する態様としては特に制限されないが、例えば、Ｒ１１として表される置換基中の炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子から選択される原子が互いに結合することにより環を形成する態様が挙げられる。例えば、複数のＲ１１同士がいずれもアルケニル基（例えば、ビニル基）である場合、各アルケニル基中の末端炭素原子が互いに結合すると、ベンゼン環を形成することができる。また、複数のＲ１１同士がいずれもアルキル基である場合、各アルキル基中の末端炭素原子が互いに結合すると、脂肪族炭化水素環を形成することができる。 Moreover, when several R 11 exists in the compound represented by one Formula (1), several R 11 comrades (For example, adjacent R in the case where X 11 and X 13 are -CR 11 =. 11 ), adjacent R 11 's in the case where X 11 and X 14 are —CR 11 ) may be linked to each other to form a ring. In addition, there is no particular limitation on an embodiment in which a plurality of R 11 's are bonded to each other to form a ring, but, for example, selected from a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom in a substituent represented as R 11 The aspect which forms a ring by mutually bonding the mentioned atoms is mentioned. For example, in the case where each of a plurality of R 11 is an alkenyl group (for example, a vinyl group), when terminal carbon atoms in the respective alkenyl groups are bonded to each other, a benzene ring can be formed. Moreover, when several R < 11 >'s are all alkyl groups, if the terminal carbon atom in each alkyl group mutually couple | bonds, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring can be formed.
　このようにして形成される環は、芳香環（例えば、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環）でもよく、非芳香環（例えば、非芳香族炭化水素環及び非芳香族複素環）でもよい。
　また、形成される環は、単環でもよく、多環でもよい。
　形成される環は、５員環もしくは６員環の単環、又は、その組み合わせである多環が好ましく、各環が複素環の場合ヘテロ原子の数は、１～５が好ましい。
　上記複素環のヘテロ原子としては、例えば、窒素原子、硫黄原子、酸素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、及び、ホウ素原子が挙げられる。中でも、窒素原子、硫黄原子、又は、酸素原子が好ましい。
　このように形成された環（例えば、ピロン環）は式中の芳香環と縮環して縮環構造を形成する。 The ring thus formed may be an aromatic ring (for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocycle) or a nonaromatic ring (for example, a nonaromatic hydrocarbon ring and a nonaromatic heterocycle) .
In addition, the ring formed may be a single ring or a multiple ring.
The ring to be formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring which is a combination thereof, and when each ring is a heterocyclic ring, the number of heteroatoms is preferably 1 to 5.
As a hetero atom of the said heterocyclic ring, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a selenium atom, a tellurium atom, a phosphorus atom, a silicon atom, and a boron atom are mentioned, for example. Among them, nitrogen atom, sulfur atom or oxygen atom is preferable.
The ring thus formed (for example, a pyrone ring) is condensed with the aromatic ring in the formula to form a condensed ring structure.
　このようにして式（１）で表される化合物が形成する縮環構造としては、例えば、式中される芳香環に２個の水酸基が互いにメタ位の配置で結合する、クマリン環、アントラキノン環、ベンゾピリリウム環、キサントン環、クロマノン環、クロモン環、及び、キノリン環が挙げられる。
　また、ウスニン酸及びベルゲニン等も縮環構造を形成した式（１）で表される化合物として使用できる。
　なお、形成される環は、本発明の要件に反しない限りで、更に置換基（Ｒ１１で表される置換基の例として挙げた基等）を有していてもよい。 Thus, as the condensed ring structure formed by the compound represented by the formula (1), for example, a coumarin ring, an anthraquinone ring in which two hydroxyl groups are bonded to each other in the meta position to the aromatic ring And benzopyrylium ring, xanthone ring, chromanone ring, chromone ring, and quinoline ring.
In addition, usnic acid, vergenin and the like can also be used as the compound represented by the formula (1) in which a fused ring structure is formed.
The ring to be formed may further have a substituent (a group mentioned as an example of a substituent represented by R 11 and the like) as long as the requirement of the present invention is not violated.
　中でも、式（１）で表される化合物は、式（Ｐ）で表される化合物であるのが好ましい。 Among them, the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (P).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
　式（Ｐ）中、ＲＰ１は、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を表す。
　ＸＰ１は、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲＰ２＝を表す。
　ＸＰ２～ＸＰ３は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲＰ２＝を表す。
　ＲＰ２は、水酸基以外の置換基又は水素原子を表し、上述のＲ１１と同義である。ＲＰ２は、例えば、Ｒ１１がとり得る基として説明した基（例えば、水素原子、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基、アルキル基、及び、アルコキシ基）が同様に挙げられ、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基が好ましい。
　ＸＰ１が、－ＣＲＰ２＝を表す場合、ＲＰ２とＲＰ１とは互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。また、ＲＰ２同士が互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、例えば、ＸＰ１及びＸＰ３が－ＣＲＰ２＝を表す場合、２個のＲＰ２が互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。環を形成する態様の例としては、式（１）で複数のＲ１１同士が互いに結合して環を形成する態様が同様に挙げられる。
　ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基の内容は上述の通りであり、例えば、置換基Ｔ群のいずれかが挙げられる。 In formula (P), R P1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0.
X P1 is, -C (OH) =, a nitrogen atom, or represents a -CR P2 =.
X P2 ~ X P3 are each independently a nitrogen atom or an -CR P2 =.
R P2 represents a substituent other than a hydroxyl group or a hydrogen atom, and has the same meaning as R 11 described above. Examples of R P2 include, for example, groups described as groups that R 11 can adopt (for example, a hydrogen atom, a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0, an alkyl group, and an alkoxy group), and A hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0 is preferred.
When X P1 represents -CR P2 =, R P2 and R P1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Also, may form a ring R P2 together with each other, for example, if the X P1 and X P3 represents -CR P2 =, to form two R P2 is bonded to each other to form a ring May be As an example of the aspect which forms a ring, the aspect in which several R < 11 > mutually couple | bonds mutually in Formula (1), and forms a ring is mentioned similarly.
The contents of the substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of greater than 0 are as described above, and examples thereof include any of the substituent groups T.
　中でも、式（１）で表される化合物は、式（３）で表される化合物であるのがより好ましくい。 Among them, the compound represented by the formula (1) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
　式（３）中、Ｒ３１は、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を表す。
　Ｘ３１は、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲ３２＝を表す。
　Ｘ３２～Ｘ３３は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲ３２＝を表す。
　Ｒ３２は、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を表す。
　Ｒ３１とＲ３２とは互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。例えば、Ｘ３１が、－ＣＲ３２＝を表す場合、このＲ３２とＲ３１とは互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。また、Ｒ３２同士が互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、例えば、Ｘ３１及びＸ３３が－ＣＲ３２＝を表す場合、２個のＲ３２が互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。環を形成する態様の例としては、式（１）で複数のＲ１１が互いに結合して環を形成する態様が同様に挙げられる。 In formula (3), R 31 represents a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of greater than 0.
X 31 represents —C (OH) =, a nitrogen atom, or —CR 32 =.
X 32 to X 33 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or —CR 32 =.
R 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0.
R 31 and R 32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. For example, when X 31 represents —CR 32 =, R 32 and R 31 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Further, R 32 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, for example, when X 31 and X 33 represent -CR 32 =, two R 32 are linked to each other to form a ring. It is also good. As an example of the aspect which forms a ring, the aspect which several R 11 couple | bonds mutually in Formula (1), and forms a ring is mentioned similarly.
　また、式（１）で表される化合物は、式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基（式（１）残基）となるので、Ｘ１１～Ｘ１４のうち、少なくとも１個は、水素原子を除かれるＲ１１を有する－ＣＲ１１＝であるのが好ましい。つまり、Ｘ１１～Ｘ１４のうち、少なくとも１個は、Ｒ１１が水素原子又は水素原子を有する基である－ＣＲ１１＝を表すのが好ましい。言い換えると、化合物Ａにおいて、式（１）で表される化合物は、式中の芳香環に直結する水酸基の他に、水素原子を１個以上有する化合物であるのが好ましい。この点は、上述の式（Ｐ）及び（３）についても同様である。 Moreover, the compound represented by Formula (1) is a residue (Formula (1) residue) from which one or more hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups in the compound represented by Formula (1) have been removed Therefore, at least one of X 11 to X 14 is preferably —CR 11 = having R 11 from which a hydrogen atom is removed. That is, it is preferable that at least one of X 11 to X 14 represents -CR 11 =, which is a group in which R 11 has a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom. In other words, in the compound A, the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound having one or more hydrogen atoms in addition to the hydroxyl group directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula. This point is the same as in the above-mentioned equations (P) and (3).
　式（３）で表される化合物としては、さらに、後述するようにフェノール系化合物のＣｌｏｇＰ値をより高めることによって優れた抗ウイルス性を得る観点からは、下記式（Ｘ１）で表される化合物又は下記式（Ｘ２）で表される化合物が好ましい。 As a compound represented by Formula (3), a compound represented by the following Formula (X1) from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent antiviral property by further raising the ClogP value of a phenol compound as described later Or the compound represented by the following formula (X2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
　式（Ｘ１）中、Ｒ３１は、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ５、又は、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ６ＲＳ７を表す。
　Ｘ３２及びＸ３３は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲ３２＝を表す。
　ＲＳ５は、炭素数１０以上の炭化水素基を表す。炭素数１０以上の炭化水素基としては、炭素数１２以上が好ましく、炭素数１５以上がより好ましい。上記炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の、アルキル基及びアルケニル基が挙げられる。なお、上記炭化水素基の炭素数の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７は、各々独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。但し、式（Ｘ１）中のＲ３１が－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ６ＲＳ７を表し、且つＲＳ６及びＲＳ７がいずれも炭化水素基を表す場合、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計は１０以上である。上記炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアルキニル基が挙げられる。なかでも、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計は、１２以上が好ましい。なお、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　Ｒ３２は、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を表す。 In formula (X1), R 31 represents —CO—O—R S5 or —CO—NRS 6 R S7 .
X 32 and X 33 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or —CR 32 =.
R S5 represents a hydrocarbon group having 10 or more carbon atoms. As a C10 or more hydrocarbon group, C12 or more is preferable and C15 or more is more preferable. Examples of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl and alkenyl groups. The upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
Each of R S6 and R S7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. However, R 31 in the formula (X1) represents the -CO-NR S6 R S7, and if neither R S6 and R S7 is representative of the hydrocarbon group, the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 The total carbon number of is 10 or more. As said hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned. Among them, the total of the number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is preferably 12 or more. The upper limit of the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
R 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0.
　式（Ｘ２）中、Ｒ３１は、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ５、又は－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ６ＲＳ７を表す。
　Ｘ３１～Ｘ３３は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲ３２＝を表す。
　ＲＳ５は、炭素数８以上の炭化水素基を表す。炭素数８以上の炭化水素基としては、炭素数１０以上が好ましく、炭素数１５以上がより好ましい。上記炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアルキニル基が挙げられる。なお、上記炭化水素基の炭素数の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７は、各々独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。但し、式（Ｘ２）中のＲ３１が－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ６ＲＳ７を表す場合、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計は８以上である。上記炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアルキニル基が挙げられる。なかでも、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計は１０以上が好ましく、１２以上がより好ましい。なお、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　Ｒ３２は、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を表す。
　また、Ｘ３１及びＸ３３が－ＣＲ３２＝を表す場合、２個のＲ３２が互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。環を形成する態様の例としては、式（１）で複数のＲ１１が互いに結合して環を形成する態様が同様に挙げられる。 In formula (X2), R 31 represents —CO—O—R S5 or —CO—NRS 6 R S7 .
X 31 to X 33 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or —CR 32 =.
R S5 represents a hydrocarbon group having 8 or more carbon atoms. As a C8 or more hydrocarbon group, C10 or more is preferable and C15 or more is more preferable. As said hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned. The upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
Each of R S6 and R S7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. However, when R 31 in the formula (X2) represents —CO—NRS 6 R S7 , the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is 8 or more. As said hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned. Especially, 10 or more are preferable and, as for the sum total of carbon number in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 , 12 or more are more preferable. The upper limit of the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
R 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0.
Also, when X 31 and X 33 represent —CR 32 =, two R 32 s may be linked to each other to form a ring. As an example of the aspect which forms a ring, the aspect which several R 11 couple | bonds mutually in Formula (1), and forms a ring is mentioned similarly.
　また、式（１）で表される化合物は、式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基（式（１）残基）となるので、Ｘ１１～Ｘ１４のうち、少なくとも１個は、水素原子を除かれるＲ１１を有する－ＣＲ１１＝であるのが好ましい。つまり、Ｘ１１～Ｘ１４のうち、少なくとも１個は、Ｒ１１が水素原子又は水素原子を有する基である－ＣＲ１１＝を表すのが好ましい。言い換えると、化合物Ａにおいて、式（１）で表される化合物は、式中の芳香環に直結する水酸基の他に、水素原子を１個以上有する化合物であるのが好ましい。この点は、上述の式（Ｐ）及び（３）についても同様である。 Moreover, the compound represented by Formula (1) is a residue (Formula (1) residue) from which one or more hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups in the compound represented by Formula (1) have been removed Therefore, at least one of X 11 to X 14 is preferably —CR 11 = having R 11 from which a hydrogen atom is removed. That is, it is preferable that at least one of X 11 to X 14 represents -CR 11 =, which is a group in which R 11 has a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom. In other words, in the compound A, the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a compound having one or more hydrogen atoms in addition to the hydroxyl group directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula. This point is the same as in the above-mentioned equations (P) and (3).
　化合物Ａ中、「式（１）残基」が結合する「式（１）残基以外の基」に特に制限はなく、水素原子であってもよい。
　ただし、式（１）中の、水素原子を除かれるＲ１１を有する－ＣＲ１１＝が、－ＣＨ＝である場合において、この－ＣＨ＝から除かれた水素原子が存在していた箇所に結合する「式（１）残基以外の基」は、水酸基（－ＯＨ）以外であるのが好ましい。 In the compound A, the “group other than the residue of the formula (1)” to which the “residue of the formula (1)” is bonded is not particularly limited and may be a hydrogen atom.
However, in the case where -CR 11 = having R 11 capable of removing a hydrogen atom in the formula (1) is -CH =, a bond is formed at a position where a hydrogen atom removed from this -CH = The “group other than the residue of the formula (1)” is preferably other than a hydroxyl group (—OH).
　また、化合物Ａが式（１）残基を１個だけ有する場合、式（１）で表される化合物は、水素原子を除かれるＲ１１を有する－ＣＲ１１＝（好ましくは－ＣＨ＝）を、１個だけ有するのが好ましい。
　化合物Ａが式（１）残基を１個だけ有する場合で、かつ、式（１）中の、水素原子を除かれるＲ１１を有する－ＣＲ１１＝が、－ＣＨ＝である場合において、この－ＣＨ＝から除かれた水素原子が存在していた箇所に結合する「式（１）残基以外の基」の具体例としては、上述のＲ１１が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様である。また、このような「式（１）残基以外の基」と、式（１）中に存在する他のＲ１１とは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。環を形成する態様の例としては、式（１）で複数のＲ１１同士が互いに結合して環を形成する態様が同様に挙げられる。 In addition, when the compound A has only one residue of the formula (1), the compound represented by the formula (1) has -CR 11 = (preferably -CH =) having R 11 from which a hydrogen atom is removed. , It is preferable to have only one.
In the case where the compound A has only one residue of the formula (1), and in the case where in the formula (1), -CR 11 = having R 11 from which a hydrogen atom is removed is -CH =, As a specific example of the “group other than the residue of the formula (1)” bonded to the position where the hydrogen atom removed from —CH 、 exists, the above-mentioned R 11 is mentioned, and the preferable range is also the same. In addition, such “group other than the residue of the formula (1)” and the other R 11 present in the formula (1) may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As an example of the aspect which forms a ring, the aspect in which several R < 11 > mutually couple | bonds mutually in Formula (1), and forms a ring is mentioned similarly.
　化合物Ａが式（１）残基を１個だけ有する場合、化合物Ａとしては式（Ｑ１）で表される化合物が好ましい。 When the compound A has only one residue of the formula (1), the compound A is preferably a compound represented by the formula (Q1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
　Ｘｑ１は、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲｑ１＝を表す。Ｘｑ２～Ｘｑ４は、それぞれ独立に、－ＣＲｑ１＝又は窒素原子を表す。
　Ｒｑ１は、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外の置換基又は水素原子を表す。
　上記２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基の定義は、後段で詳述する。
　Ｒｑ１としては、水素原子、又はＲ１１で表される水酸基以外の置換基として挙げた置換基（ただし、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外の基を除く）が挙げられ、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外のハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基又は水素原子が好ましい。
　Ｒｑ１としては、後述する置換基Ｓ群からなる置換基または水素原子が好ましい。 X q1 represents -C (OH) =, a nitrogen atom, or -CR q1 =. Each of X q2 to X q4 independently represents -CR q1 = or a nitrogen atom.
R q1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups.
The definition of the 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups is described in detail later.
R q1 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent mentioned as a substituent other than a hydroxyl group represented by R 11 (however, a group other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups And the substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups, or a hydrogen atom is preferable.
As R q1 , a substituent consisting of a substituent S group described later or a hydrogen atom is preferable.
・置換基Ｓ群
　置換基Ｓとしては、例えば、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ４（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、リン酸基、パーフルオロアルキル基、パーフルオロアリール基、パーフルオロアルキルオキシ基、アルカンスルホニル基、アルカンスルホニルオキシ基、アリールスルホニル基、アリールスルホニルオキシ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、ヘテロアリールスルフィニル基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロアリールアゾ基、トリアルコキシシリル基、－ＣＯ－ＲＳ４、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－ＲＳ４、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ４ ２、－ＳＯ２－ＮＲＳ４ ２、－ＮＲＳ４（ＳＯ２ＲＳ４）、－Ｎ（ＳＯ２ＲＳ４）２、－ＳＯ２－ＮＲＳ４ ２、－Ｃ（＝ＮＲＳ４）ＲＳ４、－Ｐ（＝Ｏ）（ＯＲＳ４ ２）、－Ｃ≡ＣＲＳ４、－Ｎ＋ＲＳ４ ３、－Ｓ＋ＲＳ４ ２、－Ｐ＋ＲＳ４ ３、－Ｏ＋ＲＳ４ ２、－Ｃ＋ＲＳ４ ２、－Ｘ＋ＲＳ４、ヘテロアリール基（例えば、ピリジル基、ピリミジル基、ピラジル基、オキサゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、チアゾリル基、トリアジニル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、キノキサリル基、シンノリル基、又は、プテリジル基であって、式中の芳香環に対して、σｐ＞０となる位置で結合している基）、及び、これらを組み合わせた基が挙げられる。 -Substituent group S As the substituent group S, for example, -CO-O-RS 4 (especially alkoxycarbonyl group), carboxyl group, halogen atom, phosphoric acid group, perfluoroalkyl group, perfluoroaryl group, perfluoro group Alkyloxy group, alkanesulfonyl group, alkanesulfonyloxy group, arylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyloxy group, nitro group, cyano group, formyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, heteroarylsulfinyl group, arylazo group, heteroarylazo group, trialkoxysilyl group, -CO-R S4, -O- CO-R S4, -CO-NR S4 2, -SO 2 -NR S4 2, -NR S4 (SO 2 R S4), - N (SO 2 R S4) 2, -SO 2 -NR S4 2, -C (= NR 4) R S4, -P (= O) (OR S4 2), - C≡CR S4, -N + R S4 3, -S + R S4 2, -P + R S4 3, -O + R S4 2 , -C + R S4 2, -X + R S4, heteroaryl group (e.g., pyridyl group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazinyl group, oxazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a triazinyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, Examples thereof include a quinoxalyl group, a cinnolyl group, or a pteridyl group, which are bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula at a position where σ p > 0, and groups obtained by combining these.
　置換基Ｓ群中、ＲＳ４は、水素原子又は置換基を表し、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基が好ましく、なかでも、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。１個の基中にＲＳ４が複数存在する場合、複数のＲＳ４は、それぞれ同一でもよく異なっていてもよい。 In the substituent group S, R S4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, among which a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, An aryl group or a heteroaryl group is more preferable. If R S4 in one group there is a plurality, the plurality of R S4 may be different may be respectively identical.
　なお、上記の置換基Ｓ群に属する基にアルキル基が含まれる場合、直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素数は１～２０が好ましい。
　置換基Ｓ群に属する基にアリール基が含まれる場合、炭素数６～１５が好ましく、６から１０がより好ましく、６が更に好ましい。
　これらの基が更に置換基を有することができる場合、置換基（水酸基又はＲ１１で表される置換基の例として置換基Ｔ群以前に挙げた基等。ただし、２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外の基を除く）を有していてもよい。 When the group belonging to the above-mentioned Substituent group S includes an alkyl group, it may be linear or branched, and may have a cyclic structure. The carbon number is preferably 1 to 20.
When the group belonging to Substituent group S includes an aryl group, it preferably has 6 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10, and still more preferably 6.
When these groups can further have a substituent, the substituent (a group such as a hydroxyl group or a group mentioned before the substituent T group as an example of a substituent represented by R 11 , etc. However, two or more hydroxyl groups are substituted (Except for groups other than the 6-membered aromatic ring group).
　置換基Ｓ群の中でも、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ４（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ４ ２、－ＳＯ２－ＮＲＳ４ ２、アシル基、アルカンスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロアリールアゾ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、又は、カルボキシル基が好ましく、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ４（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ４ ２、アリールアゾ基、又は、カルボキシル基がより好ましく、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ４（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ４ ２、アリールアゾ基、又は、カルボキシル基が更に好ましい。 Among the substituents S group also, -CO-O-R S4 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S4 2 , -SO 2 -NR S4 2, acyl group, alkanesulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an arylazo group , heteroaryl azo group, a cyano group, a formyl group, or preferably a carboxyl group, -CO-O-R S4 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S4 2 , arylazo groups, or, more carboxyl groups preferably, -CO-O-R S4 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S4 2 , arylazo group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable.
　－ＣＲｑ１＝が複数存在する場合、複数のＲｑ１はそれぞれ同一でもよく異なっていてもよい。複数のＲｑ１同士は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
　形成される環の種類としては、上述した式（１）中の複数のＲ１１同士が互いに連結して形成する環にて説明した環が挙げられる。 When there are a plurality of -CR q1 =, the plurality of R q1 may be identical to or different from each other. Plural R q1s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
As a kind of ring formed, the ring demonstrated by the ring which several R < 11 > s in Formula (1) mentioned above mutually connect and form is mentioned.
　上述の２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基とは、１価の基でもよく、２価以上の基であってもよい。上記６員環の芳香環基を構成する環としては、６員環の芳香族炭化水素環および６員環の芳香族複素環が挙げられる。２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環を、基の一部分として含む基も、上記２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基に該当する。 The above six-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups may be a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group. Examples of the ring constituting the six-membered aromatic ring group include a six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring and a six-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring. A group containing a 6-membered aromatic ring substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups as a part of the group also corresponds to a six-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups.
　式（Ｑ１）で表される化合物としては、式（Ｑ２）で表される化合物が好ましい。 As a compound represented by Formula (Q1), the compound represented by Formula (Q2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
　式（Ｑ２）中、Ｒｑ２１は、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外のハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基又は水素原子を表す。
　Ｒｑ２１としては、置換基Ｓ群からなる置換基または水素原子が好ましい。置換基Ｓ群の定義及び好適態様は、上述した通りである。 In the formula (Q2), R q21 represents a substituent or a hydrogen atom having a Hammett substituent constant σ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups.
As R q21 , a substituent consisting of a substituent S group or a hydrogen atom is preferable. The definition and preferred embodiments of the substituent group S are as described above.
　Ｘｑ２１は、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲｑ２２＝を表す。
　Ｘｑ２２～Ｘｑ２３は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲｑ２２＝を表す。
　Ｒｑ２２は、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外の置換基又は水素原子を表し、上述のＲｑ１と同義である。中でも、Ｒｑ２２としては、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外のハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基又は水素原子が好ましく、置換基Ｓ群からなる置換基または水素原子がより好ましい。置換基Ｓ群の定義及び好適態様は、上述した通りである。
　Ｘｑ２１が、－ＣＲｑ２２＝を表す場合、Ｒｑ２２とＲｑ２１とは互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。また、Ｒｑ２２同士が互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、例えば、Ｘｑ２１及びＸｑ２３が－ＣＲｑ２２＝を表す場合、２個のＲｑ２２が互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環の種類としては、上述した式（１）中の複数のＲ１１同士が互いに連結して形成する環にて説明した環が挙げられる。 X q21 represents -C (OH) =, a nitrogen atom, or -CR q22 =.
Each of X q22 to X q23 independently represents a nitrogen atom or -CR q22 =.
R q22 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups, and has the same meaning as R q1 described above. Among them, as R q22 , a substituent or a hydrogen atom having a Hammett substituent constant σ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted with a hydroxyl group and 2 or more hydroxyl groups is preferable, and a substituent S More preferred are substituents or hydrogen atoms of the group. The definition and preferred embodiments of the substituent group S are as described above.
When X q21 represents -CR q22 =, R q22 and R q21 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In addition, R q22s may be bonded to each other to form a ring, for example, when X q21 and X q23 represent -CR q22 =, two R q22 are bonded to each other to form a ring May be As a kind of ring formed, the ring demonstrated by the ring which several R < 11 > s in Formula (1) mentioned above mutually connect and form is mentioned.
　式（Ｑ２）で表される化合物としては、さらに、後述するようにフェノール系化合物のＣｌｏｇＰ値をより高めることによって優れた抗ウイルス性を得る観点からは、下記式（Ｙ１）で表される化合物又は下記式（Ｙ２）で表される化合物が好ましい。 As a compound represented by the formula (Q2), a compound represented by the following formula (Y1) from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent antiviral property by further increasing the ClogP value of a phenol compound as described later Or the compound represented by a following formula (Y2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
　式（Ｙ１）中、Ｒｑ２１は、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ５、又は、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ６ＲＳ７を表す。
　Ｘｑ２２～Ｘｑ２３は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲｑ２２＝を表す。
　ＲＳ５は、炭素数１０以上の炭化水素基を表す。炭素数１０以上の炭化水素基としては、炭素数１２以上が好ましく、炭素数１５以上がより好ましい。上記炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアルキニル基が挙げられる。なお、上記炭化水素基の炭素数の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７は、各々独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。但し、式（Ｙ１）中のＲｑ２１が－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ６ＲＳ７を表し、且つＲＳ６及びＲＳ７がいずれも炭化水素基を表す場合、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計は１０以上である。上記炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアルキニル基が挙げられる。なかでも、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計は、１２以上が好ましい。なお、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　Ｒｑ２２は、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外の置換基又は水素原子を表し、上述のＲｑ１と同義である。中でも、Ｒｑ２２としては、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外のハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基又は水素原子が好ましく、置換基Ｓ群からなる置換基または水素原子がより好ましい。置換基Ｓ群の定義及び好適態様は、上述した通りである。 In formula (Y1), R q21 represents —CO—O—R S5 or —CO— NRS 6 R S7 .
Each of X q22 to X q23 independently represents a nitrogen atom or -CR q22 =.
R S5 represents a hydrocarbon group having 10 or more carbon atoms. As a C10 or more hydrocarbon group, C12 or more is preferable and C15 or more is more preferable. As said hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned. The upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
Each of R S6 and R S7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. However, R q21 in the formula (Y1) represents a -CO-NR S6 R S7, and if neither R S6 and R S7 is representative of the hydrocarbon group, the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 The total carbon number of is 10 or more. As said hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned. Among them, the total of the number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is preferably 12 or more. The upper limit of the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
R q22 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups, and has the same meaning as R q1 described above. Among them, as R q22 , a substituent or a hydrogen atom having a Hammett substituent constant σ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted with a hydroxyl group and 2 or more hydroxyl groups is preferable, and a substituent S More preferred are substituents or hydrogen atoms of the group. The definition and preferred embodiments of the substituent group S are as described above.
　式（Ｙ２）中、Ｒｑ２１は、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ５、又は－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ６ＲＳ７を表す。
　Ｘｑ２１は、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲｑ２２＝を表す。
　Ｘｑ２２～Ｘｑ２３は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲｑ２２＝を表す。
　ＲＳ５は、炭素数８以上の炭化水素基を表す。炭素数８以上の炭化水素基としては、炭素数１０以上が好ましく、炭素数１５以上がより好ましい。上記炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアルキニル基が挙げられる。なお、上記炭化水素基の炭素数の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７は、各々独立に、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。但し、式（Ｙ２）中のＲｑ２１が－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ６ＲＳ７を表し、且つＲＳ６及びＲＳ７がいずれも炭化水素基を表す場合、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計は８以上である。上記炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の、アルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアルキニル基が挙げられる。なかでも、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計は１０以上が好ましく、１２以上がより好ましい。なお、ＲＳ６及びＲＳ７で表される炭化水素基中の炭素数の合計の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　Ｒｑ２２は、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外の置換基又は水素原子を表し、上述のＲｑ１と同義である。中でも、Ｒｑ２２としては、水酸基及び２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基以外のハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基又は水素原子が好ましく、置換基Ｓ群からなる置換基または水素原子がより好ましい。置換基Ｓ群の定義及び好適態様は、上述した通りである。
　また、Ｘｑ２１及びＸｑ２３が－ＣＲｑ２２＝を表す場合、２個のＲｑ２２が互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環の種類としては、上述した式（１）中の複数のＲ１１同士が互いに連結して形成する環にて説明した環が挙げられる。 In formula (Y2), R q21 represents —CO—O—R S5 or —CO— NRS 6 R S7 .
X q21 represents a nitrogen atom or -CR q22 =.
Each of X q22 to X q23 independently represents a nitrogen atom or -CR q22 =.
R S5 represents a hydrocarbon group having 8 or more carbon atoms. As a C8 or more hydrocarbon group, C10 or more is preferable and C15 or more is more preferable. As said hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned. The upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
Each of R S6 and R S7 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. However, R q21 in the formula (Y2) represents the -CO-NR S6 R S7, and if neither R S6 and R S7 is representative of the hydrocarbon group, the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 The total carbon number of is 8 or more. As said hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an alkynyl group are mentioned. Especially, 10 or more are preferable and, as for the sum total of carbon number in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 , 12 or more are more preferable. The upper limit of the total number of carbons in the hydrocarbon group represented by R S6 and R S7 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
R q22 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by a hydroxyl group and two or more hydroxyl groups, and has the same meaning as R q1 described above. Among them, as R q22 , a substituent or a hydrogen atom having a Hammett substituent constant σ p other than a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted with a hydroxyl group and 2 or more hydroxyl groups is preferable, and a substituent S More preferred are substituents or hydrogen atoms of the group. The definition and preferred embodiments of the substituent group S are as described above.
In addition, when X q21 and X q23 represent -CR q22 =, two R q22 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As a kind of ring formed, the ring demonstrated by the ring which several R < 11 > s in Formula (1) mentioned above mutually connect and form is mentioned.
　なお、式（Ｙ１）及び式（Ｙ２）中、炭化水素基のＣｌｏｇＰ値としては特に制限されないが、例えば、１.００以上であり、５．００以上が好ましく、７．００以上がより好ましい。なお、その上限値は特に制限されず、例えば１５．００以下である。
　上記式（Ｙ１）及び式（Ｙ２）中における炭化水素基のＣｌｏｇＰ値は、ＣｈｅｍＢｉｏＤｒａｗ　Ｕｌｔｒａ　Ｖｅｒ１３により求めることができる。 In the formulas (Y1) and (Y2), the ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.00 or more, preferably 5.00 or more, and more preferably 7.00 or more. In addition, the upper limit in particular is not restrict | limited, For example, it is 15.00 or less.
The ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group in the above formulas (Y1) and (Y2) can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
　化合物Ａが、式（１）残基をｍ個有する場合、化合物Ａが有する、２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基の数はｍ個であるのが好ましい。なお、ｍは、正の整数を意図する。
　化合物Ａが式（１）残基を２個以上有する場合、式（１）残基としては、下記式（１－２）で表される基が好ましい。 When the compound A has m residues of the formula (1), it is preferable that the number of 6-membered aromatic ring groups which the compound A has and substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups is m. In addition, m intends positive integer.
When the compound A has two or more residues of the formula (1), as the residue of the formula (1), a group represented by the following formula (1-2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
　式（１－２）中、Ｘ１－２は－ＣＲ１－２＝、窒素原子、または－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝を表す。
　Ｒ１－２は、式（１）中のＲ１１と同義である。
　＊は、結合位置を表す。 In formula (1-2), X 1-2 represents -CR 1-2 =, a nitrogen atom, or -C (OH) =.
R 1-2 is the same as R 11 in formula (1).
* Represents a bonding position.
　化合物Ａが式（１）残基を２個以上有する場合、化合物Ａとしては、以下の式（Ａ１）で表される化合物が好ましい。 When the compound A has two or more residues of the formula (1), the compound A is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (A1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
　式（Ａ１）中、Ｘ１－２は、式（１－２）中のＸ１－２と同義である。
　Ｌ１－２は、単結合又は２価の連結基を表す。２価の連結基としては、例えば、エーテル基、カルボニル基、エステル基、チオエステル基、アミド基、スルホンアミド基、チオエーテル基、－ＳＯ２－、－ＮＲＡ－（ＲＡは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。）、２価の炭化水素基（例えば、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、及び、アリーレン基）、ヘテロアリーレン基、アゾ基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基が挙げられる。
　なかでも、Ｌ１－２は、単結合、エステル基（好ましくは、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－で表され、基中の炭素原子が式中の芳香環に直接結合するエステル基）、又は、アミド基（好ましくは、－ＣＯ－ＮＨ－で表され、基中の炭素原子が式中の芳香環に直接結合するアミド基）が好ましい。
　ｍｚ１は、２以上の整数を表す。
　ｍｚ１、例えば、２～１０が好ましい。
　ｍｚ１が２の場合、Ｚは単結合又は２価の連結基を表し、ｍｚ１が２よりも大きい場合、Ｚはｍｚ１価の連結基を表す。 In formula (A1), X 1-2 is the same meaning as X 1-2 in the formula (1-2).
L 1-2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, a thioester group, an amido group, a sulfonamide group, a thioether group, -SO 2- , -NR A- (R A represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl Group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group), a divalent hydrocarbon group (for example, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, and an arylene group), a heteroarylene group, an azo group, and combinations thereof Group is mentioned.
Among them, L 1-2 is a single bond, an ester group (preferably, an ester group represented by —CO—O— and a carbon atom in the group directly bonded to an aromatic ring in the formula), or an amido group (A preferred is an amido group represented by -CO-NH-, in which a carbon atom in the group is directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the formula).
m z1 represents an integer of 2 or more.
m z1 , for example, 2 to 10 is preferable.
When m z1 is 2, Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and when m z1 is larger than 2, Z represents a m z monovalent linking group.
　中でも、ｍｚ１が２の場合、Ｚは、単結合又は下記式で表される２価の連結基が好ましい。式中Ｒｘ２は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は、アルキル基（直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素数１～２０が好ましい）を表す。Ａｒはアリーレン基（炭素数１～２０が好ましく、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基が好ましく、アントラセニレン基がより好ましい）を表す。＊は、Ｌ１－２との結合位置を表す。 Among them, when m z1 is 2, Z is preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group represented by the following formula. Wherein Rx 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (a straight-chained, may be a branched chain, preferably also be. 1 to 20 carbon atoms which have a cyclic structure). Ar represents an arylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracenylene group is preferable, and an anthracenylene group is more preferable). * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
　ｍｚ１が３の場合、Ｚは、下記式で表される３価の連結基のいずれかが好ましい。式中Ｒｘ３は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は、アルキル基（直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素数１～２０が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい）を表す。＊は、Ｌ１－２との結合位置を表す。 When m z1 is 3, Z is preferably any of the trivalent linking groups represented by the following formulae. In the formula, Rx 3 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a methyl group is more preferable Preferably). * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
　ｍｚ１が４の場合、Ｚは、下記式で表される４価の連結基のいずれかが好ましい。＊は、Ｌ１－２との結合位置を表す。 When m z1 is 4, Z is preferably any one of the tetravalent linking groups represented by the following formulae. * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
　ｍｚ１が５の場合、Ｚは、下記式で表される５価の連結基が好ましい。＊は、Ｌ１－２との結合位置を表す。 When m z1 is 5, Z is preferably a pentavalent linking group represented by the following formula. * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
　ｍｚ１が６の場合、Ｚは、下記式で表される６価の連結基が好ましい。＊は、Ｌ１－２との結合位置を表す。 When m z1 is 6, Z is preferably a hexavalent linking group represented by the following formula. * Represents the bonding position with L 1-2 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
　Ｚとしては、後述するようにフェノール系化合物のＣｌｏｇＰ値をより高めることによって優れた抗ウイルス性を得る観点からは、なかでも、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状（好ましくは分岐鎖状）の炭素数９以上の炭化水素基を含む基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状（好ましくは分岐鎖状）の炭素数１２以上の炭化水素基を含む基がより好ましい。なお、上記炭化水素基の炭素数の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば３０以下である。
　直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数９以上（好ましくは炭素数１２以上）の炭化水素基を含む基としては、例えば、エーテル基、カルボニル基、エステル基、チオエステル基、アミド基、スルホンアミド基、チオエーテル基、－ＳＯ２－、－ＮＲＡ－（ＲＡは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基を表す。）、ヘテロアリーレン基、及びアゾ基からなる群より選ばれる２価連結基を含んでいてもよい、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数９以上（好ましくは炭素数１２以上）の、アルキル基、アルケニレン基、及びアルキニレン基が挙げられる。
　なお、上記炭化水素基のＣｌｏｇＰ値としては特に制限されないが、例えば、１.００以上であり、５．００以上が好ましく、７．００以上がより好ましい。なお、その上限値は特に制限されず、例えば１５．００以下である。
　上記炭化水素基のＣｌｏｇＰ値は、ＣｈｅｍＢｉｏＤｒａｗ　Ｕｌｔｒａ　Ｖｅｒ１３により求めることができる。 Among them, from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent antiviral property by raising the ClogP value of the phenolic compound as described later, Z is a linear or branched (preferably branched) carbon number, among others A group containing 9 or more hydrocarbon groups is preferable, and a group containing a linear or branched (preferably branched) hydrocarbon group having 12 or more carbon atoms is more preferable. The upper limit of the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 30 or less.
Examples of the linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 9 or more carbon atoms (preferably 12 or more carbon atoms) include an ether group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, a thioester group, an amide group, and a sulfonamide group. , A thioether group, -SO 2- , -NR A- (where R A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group), a heteroarylene group, and an azo group A linear or branched C9 or more (preferably C12 or more) alkyl group, an alkenylene group, and an alkynylene group which may contain a bivalent coupling group are mentioned.
The ClogP value of the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1.00 or more, preferably 5.00 or more, and more preferably 7.00 or more. In addition, the upper limit in particular is not restrict | limited, For example, it is 15.00 or less.
The ClogP value of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
　化合物Ａがポリマーであって、式（１）残基を含む繰り返し単位を有する場合、化合物Ａは、下記式で表される繰り返し単位を有するのが好ましい。
　なお、ポリマーは、以下の式で表される繰り返し単位以外の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 When the compound A is a polymer and has a repeating unit containing a residue of the formula (1), the compound A preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula.
In addition, the polymer may have repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
　式中、Ｒｘｍａは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基（直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素数１～２０が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい）、又は、パーフルオロアルキル基（直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素数１～２０が好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基がより好ましい）を表す。
　Ｌｘは、単結合又は２価の連結基を表す。２価の連結基の定義は、Ｌ１－２で表される２価の連結基の定義と同じである。
　Ｘは、式（１）残基を表す。 In the formula, R xma is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, or may have a cyclic structure. The carbon number is preferably 1 to 20, and a methyl group is more preferable. Or a perfluoroalkyl group (which may be linear, branched or have a cyclic structure, preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a trifluoromethyl group).
Lx represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The definition of the divalent linking group is the same as the definition of the divalent linking group represented by L 1-2 .
X represents a residue of formula (1).
　上述の通り、化合物Ａは、２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基として、式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基のみを有する。
　つまり、化合物Ａは、２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基として、そのうちのいずれもの水酸基がほかの全ての水酸基に対して互いにメタ位で配置されている６員環の芳香環基のみを有する。
　言い換えると、化合物Ａは、２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基であって、そのうちの２個の水酸基が互いにオルト位またはパラ位で配置されている６員環の芳香環基を有さない。
　上記６員環の芳香環基は、多環基に含まれた形態の６員環の芳香環基も包含することを意図し、例えば、化合物Ａは、１，２－ジヒドロキシナフタレン、１，４－ジヒドロキシナフタレン、又は、１，２，４－トリヒドロキシナフタレン、から水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基を有さない。
　２個の水酸基が互いにオルト位またはパラ位で配置されている６員環の芳香環基が、酸化によりキノン体となるのに対して、２個の水酸基が互いメタ位で配置されている６員環の芳香環基（式（１）残基）は、水酸基の配置上キノン体を形成しにくいため、２個の水酸基が互いにオルト位またはパラ位で配置されている６員環の芳香環基と比べて化学的に安定である。そのため、化合物Ａが、２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基として、式（１）残基のみを有することで、組成物の保存安定性が改善されている。２個の水酸基が互いメタ位で配置されている６員環の芳香環基（式（１）残基）に、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を導入することで、組成物の保存安定性はさらに改善される。 As described above, compound A is a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups, and is a hydrogen atom other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by formula (1) It has only the residue which removed more than one.
That is, as a six-membered aromatic ring group in which two or more hydroxyl groups are substituted, the compound A is a six-membered ring in which any of the hydroxyl groups is disposed at the meta position relative to all other hydroxyl groups. Of the aromatic ring group of
In other words, the compound A is a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups, and a six-membered ring in which two hydroxyl groups are arranged in the ortho position or para position with each other. It has no aromatic ring group.
The above six-membered aromatic ring group is intended to encompass a six-membered aromatic ring group in a form contained in a polycyclic group, for example, compound A is 1,2-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,4 Dihydroxynaphthalene or 1,2,4-trihydroxynaphthalene, having no residue obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups.
While a 6-membered aromatic ring group in which two hydroxyl groups are arranged in the ortho position or para position with each other is converted to a quinone by oxidation, 6 hydroxyl groups are arranged in the meta position with each other 6 A six-membered aromatic ring in which two hydroxyl groups are arranged at the ortho position or para position with each other, because a membered ring aromatic ring group (residue of formula (1)) is difficult to form a quinone form due to arrangement of hydroxyl groups It is chemically stable compared to the group. Therefore, the storage stability of the composition is improved by the compound A having only a residue of the formula (1) as a six-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups. The composition is obtained by introducing a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p larger than 0 into a 6-membered aromatic ring group (residue of formula (1)) in which two hydroxyl groups are arranged at the meta positions of each other. The storage stability of the material is further improved.
　本発明の組成物に含まれるフェノール系化合物は、式（２）で表される化合物（化合物Ｂ）であってもよい。化合物Ｂも水酸基がいずれもメタ位の位置で配置されている６員環の芳香環基であるため、化学的に安定で、保存安定性に優れる。 The phenolic compound contained in the composition of the present invention may be a compound (compound B) represented by the formula (2). Compound B is also a six-membered aromatic ring group in which all the hydroxyl groups are arranged at the meta position, and therefore, they are chemically stable and excellent in storage stability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
　本発明の組成物に含まれるフェノール系化合物のＣｌｏｇＰ値は、例えば、０．０７００以上であり、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる点で、５．００以上が好ましく、７．００以上がより好ましい。また、その上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、２０．００以下であり、１５．００以下が好ましい。
　なかでも、上記フェノール系化合物のＣｌｏｇＰ値は、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる点で、５．００～２０．００が好ましく、７．００～１５．００がより好ましい。ウイルスは、一般的に、親水部位と疎水部位を有している。このため、上記フェノール系化合物がより疎水的である場合（言い換えると上記フェノール系化合物のＣｌｏｇＰ値が５．００以上である場合）、上記フェノール系化合物は、ウイルスにより吸着しやすくなると考えられる。この結果として、フェノール系化合物は、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる。
　上記フェノール系化合物のＣｌｏｇＰは、ＣｈｅｍＢｉｏＤｒａｗ　Ｕｌｔｒａ　Ｖｅｒ１３により求めることができる。 The ClogP value of the phenolic compound contained in the composition of the present invention is, for example, 0.0700 or more, preferably 5.00 or more, and more preferably 7.00 or more, in that the antiviral activity is more excellent. Further, the upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 20.00 or less, preferably 15.00 or less.
Among them, the ClogP value of the above-mentioned phenol compound is preferably 5.00 to 20.00, and more preferably 7.00 to 15.00, in that the antiviral activity is more excellent. Viruses generally have hydrophilic and hydrophobic sites. Therefore, when the phenolic compound is more hydrophobic (in other words, when the ClogP value of the phenolic compound is 5.00 or more), the phenolic compound is considered to be easily adsorbed by the virus. As a result, the phenolic compound is more excellent in antiviral activity.
The ClogP of the phenolic compound can be determined by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver13.
　以下に、本発明の組成物に含まれるフェノール系化合物を例示する。 Below, the phenolic compound contained in the composition of this invention is illustrated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
　上記化合物中、Ｍｅはメチル基を表し、Ｅｔはエチル基を表し、Ｇｌｕはグルコース残基を表す。 In the above compounds, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and Glu represents a glucose residue.
＜溶媒＞
（アルコール）
　本発明の組成物は、溶媒としてアルコールを含むのが好ましい。
　アルコールとしては特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数１～２０の直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のアルコール（エーテルアルコールを含む）が好ましい。具体的には、メタノール、エタノール、ｎ－プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコール酢酸モノエステル、グリセリン、ｎ－ブタノール、２－ブタノール、ｉ－ブタノール、ｔ－ブタノール、ブタン－１，３－ジオール、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコール、ｎ－ペンタノール、２－ペンタノール、３－ペンタノール、ｔ－アミルアルコール、イソアミルアルコール、２－メチルブタノール、３－メチル－２－ブタノール、３－メチル－２－ブテノール、３－メチル－３－ブタノール、１－ペンテン－３－オール、ｎ－ヘキサノール、カプリルアルコール、２－エチル－１－ヘキサノール、デカノール、リナロール、ゲラニオール、ラウリルアルコール、ミリスチルアルコール、ベンジルアルコール、フェニルエチルアルコール、シンナミルアルコール、３－メトキシプロパノール、メトキシメトキシエタノール、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノ－ｎ－ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ－ｎ－ブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノ－ｎ－ブチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノ－ｎ－ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、シトロネロール、テルピネオール、ヒドロキシシトロネラール、ヒドロキシシトロネラールジメチルアセタール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジアセトンアルコール、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、及びジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等が挙げられる。 <Solvent>
(alcohol)
The composition according to the invention preferably comprises an alcohol as solvent.
The alcohol is not particularly limited. For example, linear, branched and cyclic alcohols having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (including ether alcohols) are preferable. Specifically, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, propylene glycol acetic acid monoester, glycerin, n-butanol, 2-butanol, i-butanol, t-butanol, butane-1,3 -Diol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol, n-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, t-amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, 2-methylbutanol, 3-methylol -2-Butanol, 3-methyl-2-butenol, 3-methyl-3-butanol, 1-penten-3-ol, n-hexanol, capryl alcohol, 2-ethyl- Hexanol, decanol, linalool, geraniol, lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, phenylethyl alcohol, cinnamyl alcohol, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n -Butyl ether, triethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, tetraethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, citronellol, terpineol, hydroxycitronellal, hydroxycitronellal dimethyl acetal, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol Monoethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, and diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and the like.
　上記アルコールとしては安全性の観点から食品添加物であることが好ましく、なかでも、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコール酢酸モノエステル、ｎ－ブタノール、２－ブタノール、ブタン－１，３－ジオール、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコール、２－メチル－１－ブタノール、１－デカノール、１－ペンテン－３－オール、２－エチル１－ヘキサノール、２－ペンタノール、３－ペンタノール、３－メチル－２－ブタノール、３－メチル－２－ブテノール、３－メチル－３－ブタノール、イソアミルアルコール、ｉ－ブタノール、ベンジルアルコール、シトロネロール、テルピネオール、ヒドロキシシトロネラール、又はヒドロキシシトロネラールジメチルアセタールが好ましい。 The above-mentioned alcohol is preferably a food additive from the viewpoint of safety, among which methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, propylene glycol acetic acid monoester, n-butanol, 2-butanol, butane -1,3-diol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1-decanol, 1-penten-3-ol, 2-ethyl 1-hexanol, 2-Pentanol, 3-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, 3-methyl-2-butenol, 3-methyl-3-butanol, isoamyl alcohol, i-butanol, benzene Benzyl alcohol, citronellol, terpineol, hydroxy citronellal, or hydroxy citronellal dimethyl acetal is preferred.
　本発明の組成物は、抗ウイルス活性値のばらつきがより小さくなる点で、アルコールとして、炭素数２以下のアルコールと炭素数３以上のアルコールとを含むことが好ましい。炭素数３以上のアルコールは、炭素数２以下のアルコールと比較すると脂溶性が高く、ウイルス及びウイルスが潜伏する汚れを物理的に除去しやすいと考えられる。このため、組成物が炭素数２以下のアルコールと炭素数３以上のアルコールとを含む組成物をワイパーに含浸させ清拭に使用した場合、抗ウイルス活性値のばらつきがより小さくなると考えられる。また、炭素数３以上のアルコールは、炭素数２以下のアルコールと比較すると、界面活性機能も高いと想定されるため、フェノキサイドアニオンとの相乗効果がより強化され、抗ウイルス活性が向上することも考えられる。
　炭素数２以下のアルコールと炭素数３以上のアルコールとを併用する場合、炭素数２以下のアルコールに対する炭素数３以上のアルコールの体積比（炭素数３以上のアルコールの体積／炭素数２以下のアルコールの体積）は、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる点、及び／又は抗ウイルス活性のばらつきがより小さい点で、０．０１以上が好ましい。また、その上限としては特に制限されないが、例えば５以下であり、１．５以下が好ましい。 The composition of the present invention preferably contains, as the alcohol, an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms as the variation of the antiviral activity value is further reduced. Alcohols having 3 or more carbon atoms are considered to be more fat-soluble than alcohols having 2 or less carbon atoms, and to be capable of physically removing viruses and latent stains on which they reside. For this reason, when a composition in which a composition contains an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms is impregnated in a wiper and used for wiping, it is considered that the variation of the antiviral activity value becomes smaller. In addition, since alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms is assumed to have a higher surface active function as compared with alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms, the synergetic effect with fenoxide anion is further strengthened, and antiviral activity is improved. Is also conceivable.
When an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms are used in combination, the volume ratio of the alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms to the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms (volume of alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms / 2 or less carbon atoms The volume of the alcohol) is preferably 0.01 or more in that the antiviral activity is more excellent and / or the variation of the antiviral activity is smaller. The upper limit thereof is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 5 or less, preferably 1.5 or less.
＜アルコール以外の溶媒＞
　本発明の組成物は、アルコール以外の溶媒を含んでいてもよい。
　アルコール以外の溶媒としては、水、又は有機溶媒（アルコールは除く。）が挙げられる。
　上記有機溶媒としては特に制限されないが、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ゲラニル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸シトロネリル、酢酸シンナミル、酢酸テルピニル、酢酸フェニルエチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ベンジル、酢酸メンチル、酢酸リナリル、酪酸、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソアミル、酪酸シクロヘキシル、エチレンジクロライド、テトラヒドロフラン、トルエン、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、アセチルアセトン、シクロヘキサノン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、２－メチルプロパナール、２－メチルブチルアルデヒド、３－メチル－２－ブテナール、３－メチルブタナール、Ｌ－ペリルアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、アセト酢酸エチル、イソアミルアセテート、酪酸イソアミル、イソバレルアルデヒド、イソブタナール、酢酸イソプロピル、イソプロピルミリステレート、イソ吉草酸イソアミル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヘプタン酸エチル、オクタナール、オクタン酸エチル、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オクタン酸エチル、オクチルアルデヒド、ギ酸、ギ酸イソアミル、ギ酸ゲラニル、ギ酸シトロネリル、ケイ皮アルデヒド、ケイ皮酸エチル、ケイ皮酸メチル、シトラール、シトロネラール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジイソプロピルジサルファイド、ジイソプロピルジスルフィド、ジエチルエーテル、ジエチルタートレート、ジエチルピロカーボネート、デカナール、デカン酸エチル、トリアセチン、クエン酸三エチル、トルエン、ノナラクトン、バレルアルデヒド、パラメチルアセトフェノン、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、ひまし油、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、ブタナール、プロピオンアルデヒド、プロピオン酸、プロピオン酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ベンズアルデヒド、ユーカリプトール、イオノン、酢酸テルピニル、α－アミルシンナムアルデヒド、臭素化植物油、酢酸、二炭酸ジメチル、乳酸エチル、熱酸化大豆油、熱酸化大豆油とグリセリンのエステル、及び流動パラフィン等が挙げられる。 <Solvents other than alcohol>
The composition of the present invention may contain a solvent other than alcohol.
As solvents other than alcohol, water or organic solvents (except alcohol) can be mentioned.
The organic solvent is not particularly limited. For example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, geranyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citronellyl acetate, cinnamyl acetate, terpinyl acetate, phenylethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetic acid Benzyl, menthyl acetate, linalyl acetate, butyric acid, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, cyclohexyl butyrate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene Glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, Ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 2-methylpropanal, 2-methylbutyraldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butenal, 3-methylbutanal, L-perylaldehyde, acetaldehyde, ethyl acetoacetate, isoamyl acetate , Isoamyl butyrate, isovaleraldehyde, isobutanal, isopropyl acetate, isopropyl myristate, isoamyl isovalerate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl heptanoate, octanal, ethyl octanoate, octanal, octanoate, ethyl octanoate, Octylaldehyde, formic acid, isoamyl formate, geranyl formate, citronellyl formate, cinnamaldehyde, ethyl cinnamate, methyl cinnamate, citral, citronellal Diisopropyl ether, diisopropyl disulfide, diisopropyl disulfide, diethyl ether, diethyl tartrate, diethyl pyrocarbonate, decanal, ethyl decanoate, triacetin, triethyl citrate, toluene, nonalactone, valeraldehyde, paramethylacetophenone, paramethoxybenzaldehyde, castor oil , Phenyl acetate isoamyl, phenyl acetate isobutyl, ethyl phenyl acetate, butanal, propionaldehyde, propionic acid, isoamyl propionate, ethyl propionate, benzyl propionate, hexane, heptane, benzaldehyde, eucalyptol, ionone, terpinyl acetate, α- Amyl cinnamaldehyde, brominated vegetable oil, acetic acid, dimethyl dicarbonate, ethyl lactate, thermally oxidized large Oil, thermal oxidation soybean oil and esters of glycerol, and liquid paraffin, and the like.
　上記有機溶媒としては安全性上の観点から食品添加物であることが好ましく、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ゲラニル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸シトロネリル、酢酸シンナミル、酢酸テルピニル、酢酸フェニルエチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ベンジル、酢酸メンチル、酢酸リナリル、酪酸、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、酪酸イソアミル、酪酸シクロヘキシル、２－メチルプロパナール、２－メチルブチルアルデヒド、３－メチル－２－ブテナール３－メチルブタナール、ｌ－ペリルアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、アセト酢酸エチル、イソアミルアセテート、酪酸イソアミル、イソバレルアルデヒド、イソブタナール、酢酸イソプロピル、イソプロピルミリステレート、イソ吉草酸イソアミル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヘプタン酸エチル、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オクタン酸エチル、オクチルアルデヒド、ギ酸、ギ酸イソアミル、ギ酸ゲラニル、ギ酸シトロネリル、ケイ皮アルデヒド、ケイ皮酸エチル、ケイ皮酸メチル、シトラール、シトロネラール、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジイソプロピルジサルファイド、ジイソプロピルジスルフィド、ジエチルエーテル、ジエチルタートレート、ジエチルピロカーボネート、デカナール、デカン酸エチル、トリアセチン、クエン酸三エチル、トルエン、ノナラクトン、バレルアルデヒド、パラメチルアセトフェノン、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、ひまし油、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、ブタナール、プロピオンアルデヒド、プロピオン酸、プロピオン酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、ベンズアルデヒド、ユーカリプトール、イオノン、酢酸テルピニル、α－アミルシンナムアルデヒド、臭素化植物油、酢酸、二炭酸ジメチル、乳酸エチル、熱酸化大豆油、熱酸化大豆油とグリセリンのエステル、又は流動パラフィンが好ましい。 The organic solvent is preferably a food additive from the viewpoint of safety, and is acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, geranyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citronellyl acetate, cinnamyl acetate, terpinyl acetate, phenyl acetate Ethyl, butyl acetate, benzyl acetate, menthyl acetate, linalyl acetate, butyric acid, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, isoamyl butyrate, cyclohexyl butyrate, 2-methylpropanal, 2-methylbutyraldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butenal 3-methyl Butanal, l-perylaldehyde, acetaldehyde, ethyl acetoacetate, isoamyl acetate, isoamyl butyrate, isovaleraldehyde, isobutanal, isobutanal, isopropyl acetate, isopropyl myristate, isovalerate isovalerate Mill, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl heptanoate, octanal, octanoic acid, ethyl octanoate, octylaldehyde, formic acid, isoamyl formate, geranyl formate, citroneryl formate, cinnamic aldehyde, ethyl cinnamate, methyl cinnamic acid , Citral, citronellal, diisopropyl ether, diisopropyl disulfide, diisopropyl disulfide, diethyl ether, diethyl tartrate, diethyl pyrocarbonate, decanal, ethyl decanoate, triacetin, triethyl citrate, toluene, nonalactone, valeraldehyde, paramethylacetophenone, Paramethoxy benzaldehyde, castor oil, phenyl phenyl acetate isoamyl, phenyl acetate isobutyl, phenyl acetate ethyl, butanal, propion aldehyde Propionic acid, isoamyl propionate, ethyl propionate, benzyl propionate, hexane, heptane, benzaldehyde, eucalyptol, ionone, terpinyl acetate, α-amylcinnamaldehyde, brominated vegetable oil, acetic acid, dimethyl bicarbonate, ethyl lactate, Preferred are thermally oxidized soybean oil, esters of thermally oxidized soybean oil and glycerin, or liquid paraffin.
　本発明の組成物中、溶媒の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．５～９９．９質量％が好ましく、１０～９９．８質量％がより好ましく、５０～９９．８質量％が更に好ましく、８０～９９．８質量％が特に好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the solvent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.5 to 99.9% by mass, and 10 to 99.8% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition % Is more preferable, 50 to 99.8% by mass is further preferable, and 80 to 99.8% by mass is particularly preferable.
　本発明の組成物中、アルコールの含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、溶媒の全体積に対して、３０～１００体積％が好ましく、４０～１００体積％がより好ましく、６０～１００体積％以上が更に好ましく、７０～１００体積％が特に好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of alcohol (the total of multiple alcohols, if present) is preferably 30 to 100% by volume, based on the total volume of the solvent, and more preferably 40 to 100 with respect to the antiviral activity. The volume percent is more preferable, 60 to 100 volume percent or more is more preferable, and 70 to 100 volume percent is particularly preferable.
＜組成物のｐＨ＞
　本発明の組成物は、ｐＨが９．３超１４．０以下である。ｐＨが９．３以下である場合、抗ウイルス活性に劣る場合がある。抗ウイルス活性がより優れる点で、ｐＨは、９．５超が好ましく、１０．０以上がより好ましく、１０．５以上が更に好ましい。一方、ｐＨは１４．０以下であり、金属に対する腐食性がより抑制できる点で、１２．０以下が好ましい。
　つまり、ｐＨは１０．０～１２．０が好ましく、１０．５～１２．０がより好ましい。
　ｐＨは、ｐＨ電極「６３３７－１０Ｄ」（株式会社堀場製作所製）を使用した卓上型ｐＨ計「Ｆ－７２Ｓ」（株式会社堀場製作所製）を用いて測定することができる。具体的な測定方法については、後述の通りである。
　なお、本明細書において、ｐＨは、２５℃における値を意図する。 <PH of composition>
The composition of the present invention has a pH of more than 9.3 and 14.0 or less. When pH is 9.3 or less, it may be inferior to antiviral activity. In the point which the antiviral activity is more excellent, more than 9.5 are preferable, 10.0 or more are more preferable, and 10.5 or more are still more preferable. On the other hand, pH is 14.0 or less, and 12.0 or less is preferable at the point which can suppress corrosion with respect to a metal more.
That is, the pH is preferably 10.0 to 12.0, and more preferably 10.5 to 12.0.
The pH can be measured using a bench-top pH meter "F-72S" (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) using a pH electrode "6337-10D" (manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.). The specific measurement method is as described later.
In addition, in this specification, pH intends the value in 25 degreeC.
＜任意成分＞
　本発明の組成物は、本発明の効果を奏する限りにおいて、上記以外の成分が含まれてもよい。任意成分としては特に制限されないが、例えば、殺菌剤、消毒剤、除菌剤、界面活性剤、酸化防止剤、ｐＨ調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、キレート剤、保湿剤、増粘剤・ゲル化剤、防腐剤、香料、及び、色素等が挙げられる。本発明の組成物は、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、なかでも、殺菌剤、消毒剤、除菌剤、界面活性剤、又は、酸化防止剤を含むことが好ましく、化合物Ａ及びＢ以外のフェノール系化合物、４級アンモニウム塩（例えば、塩化ベンザルコニウム及びオクタデシルトリメチルアンモニウムクロリド等）、界面活性剤、又は、酸化防止剤を含むことがより好ましい。 <Optional component>
The composition of the present invention may contain components other than the above as long as the effects of the present invention are exhibited. The optional components are not particularly limited, but, for example, bactericidal agents, disinfectants, disinfectants, surfactants, antioxidants, pH adjusters, ultraviolet absorbers, chelating agents, moisturizers, thickeners / gelling agents And preservatives, perfumes, and pigments. The composition of the present invention preferably contains a bactericidal agent, a disinfectant, a disinfectant, a surfactant, or an antioxidant, among others, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in antiviral activity, and is a phenol other than the compounds A and B It is more preferable to contain a base compound, a quaternary ammonium salt (eg, benzalkonium chloride and octadecyltrimethylammonium chloride), a surfactant, or an antioxidant.
（殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び、除菌剤）
　殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び、除菌剤としては特に制限されず、例えば、化合物Ａ及びＢ以外のフェノール系化合物、４級アンモニウム塩、金属を含む抗菌剤、光触媒、アルデヒド系化合物、ヨード系化合物、ピグアニド化合物、及び、アクリノール水和物（乳酸６，９－ジアミノ－２－エトキシアクリジン一水和物）等が挙げられる。本発明の組成物と組み合わせた際に抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、なかでも、化合物Ａ及びＢ以外のフェノール系化合物及び４級アンモニウム塩が好ましい。 (Fungicide, disinfectant, and disinfectant)
The disinfectant, disinfectant and disinfectant are not particularly limited. For example, phenolic compounds other than the compounds A and B, quaternary ammonium salts, antibacterial agents containing metal, photocatalysts, aldehyde compounds, iodine compounds And guanide compounds, and acrinol hydrate (lactic acid 6,9-diamino-2-ethoxyacridine monohydrate) and the like. Among them, phenolic compounds other than the compounds A and B and quaternary ammonium salts are preferable in that they are more excellent in antiviral activity when combined with the composition of the present invention.
・化合物Ａ及びＢ以外のフェノール系化合物（以下、「他のフェノール系化合物」ともいう。）
　他のフェノール系化合物は、例えば、炭素数６～１６の芳香族炭化水素環（例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、及び、ピレン環）に水酸基が１つ置換した基を有する化合物、及び、炭素数３～１６の芳香族複素環等（例えば、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、チアゾール環、オキサゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環状、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、及び、トリアゾール環）に水酸基が１つ置換した基を有する化合物が挙げられる。上記の芳香族炭化水素基と芳香族性複素環は縮合したもの（例えば、インドール環、キノリン環、アクリジン環など）であってもよい。 -Phenolic compounds other than the compounds A and B (hereinafter, also referred to as "other phenolic compounds")
Other phenolic compounds have, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 16 carbon atoms (for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, and a pyrene ring) having one hydroxyl-substituted group. Compounds, aromatic heterocyclic rings having 3 to 16 carbon atoms, etc. (eg, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, thiazole ring, oxazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring) And compounds having a group in which one hydroxyl group is substituted on the triazole ring). The above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocycle may be fused (for example, indole ring, quinoline ring, acridine ring, etc.).
　他のフェノール系化合物としては、安全性の観点から、なかでも食品添加物として使用されるものが好ましい。具体的には、パラオキシ安息香酸エステル類（メチル、エチル、プロピル、ブチル、イソプロピル、及びイソブチルエステル）、４－アリル－２，６－ジメトキシフェノール、４－アリルフェノール、カルバクロール、クレオゾール、３－メチルフェノール、２－メチルフェノール、４－メチルフェノール、２－メトキシ－４－プロピルフェノール、２，６－ジメトキシフェノール、２，３－ジメチルフェノール、２，６－ジメチルフェノール、３，５－ジメチルフェノール、４－エトキシフェノール、４－エチル－２－メトキシフェノール、４－エチル－２－メトキシフェノール、２－エチルフェノール、３－エチルフェノール、４－エチルフェノール、エチルバニリン　プロピレングリコール　アセタール（ｅｔｈｙｌｖａｎｉｌｌｉｎ　ｐｒｏｐｙｌｅｎｅｇｌｙｃｏｌ　ａｃｅｔａｌ）、グアイアコール、４－ヒドロキシベンゾイックアシッド、４－ヒドロキシベンジルアルコール、４－（エトキシメチル）フェノール、４－（メトキシメチル）フェノール、４－ヒドロキシフェネチルアルコール、２－イソプロピルフェノール、４－イソプロピルフェノール、３－メトキシ－５－メチルフェノール、３－メトキシフェノール、４－メトキシフェノール、４－（１－ヒドロキシエチル）フェノール、２，６－ジメトキシ－４－メチルフェノール、２，６－ジメトキシ－４－メチルフェノール、３，４－メチレンジオキシフェノール、２－メトキシ－５－メチルフェノール、４－（メチルチオ）フェノール、フェノール、４－プロピルフェノール、４－ヒドロキシ－３，５－ジメトキシベンゾイックアシッド、チモール、２－（メチルチオ）フェノール、バニリックアシッド、バニリン　プロピレングリコール　アセタール（ｖａｎｉｌｌｉｎ　ｐｒｏｐｙｌｅｎｅｇｌｙｃｏｌ　ａｃｅｔａｌ）、４－ヒドロキシ－３－メトキシベンジルアルコール、４－（ブトキシメチル）－２－メトキシフェノール、４－（エトキシメチル）－２－メトキシフェノール、２－エトキシ－５－（１－プロペニル）フェノール、４－エテニル－２－メトキシフェノール、４－エテニルフェノール、２，４－ジメチルフェノール、２，５－ジメチルフェノール、３，４－ジメチルフェノール、３，４－ジメチルフェノール、４－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチルフェノール、２，３，６－トリメチルフェノール、２－プロピルフェノール、３－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチルフェノール、Ｎ－（４－ヒドロキシ－３－メトキシベンジル）ノナンアミド、バニリン　２，３－ブタンジオール　アセタール（ｖａｎｉｌｌｉｎ　２，３－ｂｕｔａｎｅｄｉｏｌ　ａｃｅｔａｌ）、２－（３－ヒドロキシ－４－メトキシフェニル）－３，４－ジヒドロ－２Ｈ－クロメン－７－オール、４－アリル－２－メトキシフェノール、トコフェロール、ナリンジン、２－ヒドロキシベンゾイックアシッド、クルクミン、フェルラ酸、フェルラ酸エステル、グアヤコン酸、グアヤレチック酸、オイゲノール、ギンゲロール、ショウガオール、カプサイシン、アゾルビン、アマランス、アルラレッドＡＣ、イエロー２Ｇ、イソオイゲノール、エオシン、オレンジＧＧＮ、　オレンジＲＮ、食用黄色５号、シトラスレッドＮｏ．２、スーダンＧ、スカーレットＧＮ、食用黄色４号、食用赤色１０２号、ボンソー２Ｒ、ボンソー６Ｒ、食用緑色３号、レッド　１０Ｂ、食用赤色２号、食用赤色４０号、ヘスペリジン、メチルへスペリジン、葉酸、又は、サリチル酸が好ましく、
パラオキシ安息香酸エステル類（メチル、エチル、プロピル、ブチル、イソプロピル、及びイソブチルエステル）、４－アリル－２，６－ジメトキシフェノール、４－アリルフェノール、カルバクロール、クレオゾール、３－メチルフェノール、２－メチルフェノール、４－メチルフェノール、２－メトキシ－４－プロピルフェノール、２，６－ジメトキシフェノール、２，３－ジメチルフェノール、２，６－ジメチルフェノール、３，５－ジメチルフェノール、４－エトキシフェノール、４－エチル－２－メトキシフェノール、４－エチル－２－メトキシフェノール、２－エチルフェノール、３－エチルフェノール、４－エチルフェノール、エチルバニリン　プロピレングリコール　アセタール（ｅｔｈｙｌｖａｎｉｌｌｉｎ　ｐｒｏｐｙｌｅｎｅｇｌｙｃｏｌ　ａｃｅｔａｌ）、グアイアコール、４－ヒドロキシベンゾイックアシッド、４－ヒドロキシベンジルアルコール、４－（エトキシメチル）フェノール、４－（メトキシメチル）フェノール、４－ヒドロキシフェネチルアルコール、２－イソプロピルフェノール、４－イソプロピルフェノール、３－メトキシ－５－メチルフェノール、３－メトキシフェノール、４－メトキシフェノール、４－（１－ヒドロキシエチル）フェノール、２，６－ジメトキシ－４－メチルフェノール、２，６－ジメトキシ－４－メチルフェノール、３，４－メチレンジオキシフェノール、２－メトキシ－５－メチルフェノール、４－（メチルチオ）フェノール、フェノール、４－プロピルフェノール、４－ヒドロキシ－３，５－ジメトキシベンゾイックアシッド、チモール、２－（メチルチオ）フェノール、バニリックアシッド（Ｖａｎｉｌｌｉｃ　ａｃｉｄ）、バニリン　プロピレングリコール　アセタール（ｖａｎｉｌｌｉｎ　ｐｒｏｐｙｌｅｎｅｇｌｙｃｏｌ　ａｃｅｔａｌ）、４－ヒドロキシ－３－メトキシベンジルアルコール、４－（ブトキシメチル）－２－メトキシフェノール、４－（エトキシメチル）－２－メトキシフェノール、２－エトキシ－５－（１－プロペニル）フェノール、４－エテニル－２－メトキシフェノール、４－エテニルフェノール、２，４－ジメチルフェノール、２，５－ジメチルフェノール、３，４－ジメチルフェノール、３，４－ジメチルフェノール、４－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチルフェノール、２，３，６－トリメチルフェノール、２－プロピルフェノール、３－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチルフェノール、Ｎ－（４－ヒドロキシ－３－メトキシベンジル）ノナンアミド、バニリン　２，３－ブタンジオール　アセタール（ｖａｎｉｌｌｉｎ　２，３－ｂｕｔａｎｅｄｉｏｌ　ａｃｅｔａｌ）、２－（３－ヒドロキシ－４－メトキシフェニル）－３，４－ジヒドロ－２Ｈ－クロメン－７－オール、４－アリル－２－メトキシフェノール、トコフェロール、２－ヒドロキシベンゾイックアシッド、クルクミン、フェルラ酸、フェルラ酸エステル、グアヤコン酸、グアヤレチック酸、オイゲノール、ギンゲロール、ショウガオール、カプサイシン、アゾルビン、アマランス、アルラレッドＡＣ、イエロー２Ｇ、イソオイゲノール、エオシン、オレンジＧＧＮ、　オレンジＲＮ、食用黄色５号、シトラスレッドＮｏ．２、スーダンＧ、スカーレットＧＮ、食用黄色４号、食用赤色１０２号、ボンソー２Ｒ、ボンソー６Ｒ、食用緑色３号、レッド　１０Ｂ、食用赤色２号、食用赤色４０号、又は、葉酸がより好ましい。 Among other phenolic compounds, those used as food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety. Specifically, p-oxybenzoic acid esters (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl and isobutyl esters), 4-allyl-2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 4-allylphenol, carvacrol, creosol, 3-methyl Phenol, 2-methylphenol, 4-methylphenol, 2-methoxy-4-propylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 4 -Ethoxyphenol, 4-ethyl-2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethyl-2-methoxyphenol, 2-ethylphenol, 3-ethylphenol, 4-ethylphenol, ethyl vanillin propylene glycol acetal (ethylvanillin p opylene glycol acetal), guaiacol, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol, 4- (ethoxymethyl) phenol, 4- (methoxymethyl) phenol, 4-hydroxyphenethyl alcohol, 2-isopropylphenol, 4-isopropylphenol , 3-methoxy-5-methylphenol, 3-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxyphenol, 4- (1-hydroxyethyl) phenol, 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methyl Phenol, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenol, 2-methoxy-5-methylphenol, 4- (methylthio) phenol, phenol, 4-propylphenol, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimetho Thiazolic acid, thymol, 2- (methylthio) phenol, vanillic acid, vanillin propylene glycol acetal, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl alcohol, 4- (butoxymethyl) -2-methoxyphenol, 4- (ethoxymethyl) -2-methoxyphenol, 2-ethoxy-5- (1-propenyl) phenol, 4-ethenyl-2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethenylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5 -Dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 4-tert-butylphenol, 2,3,6-trimethylphenol, 2-propylphenol, 3-tert-butyl H, N- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl) nonanamide, vanillin 2,3-butanediol acetal (vanillin 2,3-butanediol acetal), 2- (3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl) -3,4 -Dihydro-2H-chromen-7-ol, 4-allyl-2-methoxyphenol, tocopherol, naringin, 2-hydroxybenzoic acid, curcumin, ferulic acid, ferulic acid ester, guaiaconic acid, guayretic acid, eugenol, gingerol, Shogaol, capsaicin, azorubine, amaranth, alura red AC, yellow 2G, isoeugenol, eosin, orange GGN, orange RN, food yellow No. 5, Citrasled No. 1 2, Sudan G, Scarlet GN, Food Yellow No. 4, Food Red No. 102, Bonso 2R, Bonso 6 R, Food Green No. 3, Red 10 B, Food Red No. 2, Food Red No. 40, Hesperidin, Methyl Hesperidin, Folic Acid, Or, salicylic acid is preferred,
P-hydroxybenzoic acid esters (methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl and isobutyl esters), 4-allyl-2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 4-allylphenol, carvacrol, creosol, 3-methylphenol, 2-methyl Phenol, 4-methylphenol, 2-methoxy-4-propylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxyphenol, 2,3-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 3,5-dimethylphenol, 4-ethoxyphenol, 4 -Ethyl-2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethyl-2-methoxyphenol, 2-ethylphenol, 3-ethylphenol, 4-ethylphenol, ethylvanillin propylene glycol acetal (ethylvanillin propyle eg glycol acetal), guaiacol, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol, 4- (ethoxymethyl) phenol, 4- (methoxymethyl) phenol, 4-hydroxyphenethyl alcohol, 2-isopropylphenol, 4-isopropylphenol , 3-methoxy-5-methylphenol, 3-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxyphenol, 4- (1-hydroxyethyl) phenol, 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methyl Phenol, 3,4-methylenedioxyphenol, 2-methoxy-5-methylphenol, 4- (methylthio) phenol, phenol, 4-propylphenol, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethoxybenzoyl Quasid, thymol, 2- (methylthio) phenol, vanillic acid, vanillin propyleneglycol acetal, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl alcohol, 4- (butoxymethyl) -2-methoxyphenol , 4- (ethoxymethyl) -2-methoxyphenol, 2-ethoxy-5- (1-propenyl) phenol, 4-ethenyl-2-methoxyphenol, 4-ethenylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2, 5-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 4-tert-butylphenol, 2,3,6-trimethylphenol, 2-propylphenol, 3- tert-Butylphenol, N- (4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl) nonanamide, vanillin 2,3-butanediol acetal (vanillin 2,3-butanediol acetal), 2- (3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl) -3 2,4-dihydro-2H-chromen-7-ol, 4-allyl-2-methoxyphenol, tocopherol, 2-hydroxybenzoic acid, curcumin, ferulic acid, ferulic acid ester, guaiaconic acid, guayretic acid, eugenol, gingerol, Shogaol, capsaicin, azorubine, amaranth, alura red AC, yellow 2G, isoeugenol, eosin, orange GGN, orange RN, food yellow No. 5, Citrasled No. 1 2. Sudan G, Scarlet GN, Food Yellow No. 4, Food Red No. 102, Bonso 2 R, Bonso 6 R, Food Green No. 3, Red 10 B, Food Red No. 2, Food Red No. 40 or Folic Acid is more preferable.
・４級アンモニウム塩
　４級アンモニウム塩としては特に制限されず、例えば、下記式（Ｎ１）～（Ｎ４）で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Quaternary ammonium salt The quaternary ammonium salt is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formulas (N1) to (N4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
　式（Ｎ１）中、ＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４は、それぞれ独立に、脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又は、ヘテロアリール基を示す。
　ＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４で表される脂肪族炭化水素基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び、環状のいずれであってもよい。
　また、ＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４で表される脂肪族炭化水素基は、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。ヘテロ原子の種類は特に制限されないが、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、又は、テルル原子等が挙げられる。なかでも、抗ウイルス活性により優れる点で、－Ｙ１－、－Ｎ（Ｒａ）－、－Ｃ（＝Ｙ２）－、－ＣＯＮ（Ｒｂ）－、－Ｃ（＝Ｙ３）Ｙ４－、－ＳＯｔ－、－ＳＯ２Ｎ（Ｒｃ）－、又は、これらを組み合わせた基の態様で含まれることが好ましい。
　Ｙ１～Ｙ４は、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、及び、テルル原子からなる群から選択される。なかでも、取り扱いがより簡便である点から、酸素原子、又は、硫黄原子が好ましい。ｔは、１～３の整数を表す。上記Ｒａ、Ｒｂ、及び、Ｒｃは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基を表す。
　なお、上記脂肪族炭化水素基がヘテロ原子を含む場合、－ＣＨ２－がヘテロ原子で置換される。 In the formula (N1), R N11 to R N14 each independently represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or a heteroaryl group.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R N11 to R N14 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R N11 to R N14 may contain a hetero atom. The type of hetero atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Of these, from the viewpoint of excellent by antiviral activity, -Y 1 -, - N ( Ra) -, - C (= Y 2) -, - CON (Rb) -, - C (= Y 3) Y 4 -, It is preferable to be included in the form of -SOt-, -SO 2 N (Rc)-, or a combination of these.
Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable from the viewpoint of easier handling. t represents an integer of 1 to 3. The above Ra, Rb and Rc each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
When the aliphatic hydrocarbon group contains a hetero atom, —CH 2 — is substituted with a hetero atom.
　ＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４で表される脂肪族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、アルキル基（炭素数１～３０が好ましく、炭素数１～２０がよりしい）、アルケニル基（炭素数２～３０が好ましく、炭素数２～２０がより好ましい）、又はアルキニル基（炭素数２～３０が好ましく、炭素数２～２０がより好ましい）等が挙げられる。なかでも、アルキル基が好ましい。 Specifically, as the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R N11 to R N14 , an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (having 2 to carbon atoms) 30 is preferable, and a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable, or an alkynyl group (a carbon number of 2 to 30 is preferable, a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable) and the like. Among them, an alkyl group is preferable.
　ＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４で表されるアリール基としては、例えば、上述した式（１）中のＲ１１で表されるアリール基が挙げられる。
　アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。 The aryl group represented by R N11 ~ R N14, e.g., an aryl group represented by R 11 in the formula (1) described above.
As an aryl group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, for example, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
　ＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４で表されるアラルキル基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数７～１５のアラルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、１－ナフチルメチル基、１－（１－ナフチル）エチル基、トリフェニルメチル基、及び、ピレニルメチル基等が挙げられる。 The aralkyl group represented by R N11 to R N14 is not particularly limited but, for example, an aralkyl group having 7 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a 1-naphthylmethyl group, 1- Examples include (1-naphthyl) ethyl group, triphenylmethyl group, and pyrenylmethyl group.
　ＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４で表されるヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数３～１２のヘテロアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フリル基、チオフリル基、ピリジル基、ピラゾール基、イミダゾリル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、インドリル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、プリン基、ピリミジル基、ピラジル基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、トリアジル基、カルバゾリル基、キノキサリル基、及び、チアジン基等が挙げられる。 The heteroaryl group represented by R N11 to R N14 is, for example, preferably a heteroaryl group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and examples thereof include furyl group, thiofuryl group, pyridyl group, pyrazole group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, indolyl Groups, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, purine group, pyrimidyl group, pyrazyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, triazyl group, carbazolyl group, quinoxalyl group, thiazine group and the like.
　ＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４で表される脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、ヘテロアリール基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述したＲ１１がなり得る置換基及び水酸基等が挙げられる。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R N11 to R N14 , the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the heteroaryl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include substituents and hydroxyl group can become the R 11 described above.
　Ｘ－は、水酸化物イオン以外の１価のアニオンを表す。
　Ｘ－としては、具体的には、ハロゲン化物イオン（例えば、Ｆ－、Ｃｌ－、Ｂｒ－、Ｉ－、Ｂｒ３ －、Ｂｒ２Ｃｌ－、Ｉ３ －、ＩＢｒ２ －、Ｃｌ２Ｂｒ－、ＨＦ２ －、Ｈ２Ｆ３ －、ＡｕＢｒ２ －、ＡｕＣｌ２ －、ＡｕＩ２ －、及び、ＦｅＣｌ４ －が挙げられる。）、カルボキシレートアニオン、シアン化物アニオン、スルホンイミドアニオン（Ｎ－（ＳＯ２Ｒ）２：Ｒは、フッ素原子、炭化水素基（例えば、炭素数１～２０のアルキル基が挙げられる。）、又は、パーフルオロ炭化水素基（例えば、炭素数１～２０のパーフルオロアルキル基が挙げられる。）である。）、ボロヒドリドアニオン、ジクロロヨウ素酸アニオン、テトラフルオロボレートアニオン、ヘキサフルオロホスファートアニオン、過塩素酸アニオン、硫酸アニオン、硫酸水素アニオン、硝酸アニオン、ジシアナミドアニオン［Ｎ－（ＣＮ）２］、アジ化物アニオン（Ｎ３ －）、アルカン又はアリールスルホン酸アニオン、パーフルオロアルカン又はアリールスルホン酸アニオン、アルキル又はアリール硫酸エステルアニオン（ＲＯＳＯ３ －：Ｒは、炭素数１～２０のアルキル基又は炭素数６～１８のアリール基を表す。）、アルキル又はアリールリン酸エステルアニオン（（ＲＯ）２ＰＯ２ －：Ｒは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数１～２０のアルキル基又は炭素数６～１８のアリール基を表す。）、チオシアン化物アニオン（Ｓ－ＣＮ）、トリアセトキシボロヒドリドアニオン、ペルルテナートアニオン（ＲｕＯ４ －）、Ｃｕ（ＣＦ３）４ －、Ｃ（ＣＮ）３ －、及び、ＣＦ３ＢＦ３ －が挙げられる。 X - represents a monovalent anion other than hydroxide ions.
Specifically, as X − , a halide ion (eg, F − , Cl − , Br − , I − , Br 3 − , Br 2 Cl − , I 3 − , IBr 2 − , Cl 2 Br − , HF 2 -, H 2 F 3 -, AuBr 2 -, AuCl 2 -, AuI 2 -, and, FeCl 4 -. which may be mentioned), carboxylate anions, cyanide anions, sulfonate anion (N - (SO 2 R) 2 : R is a fluorine atom, a hydrocarbon group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), or a perfluoro hydrocarbon group (for example, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) Borohydride anion, dichloroiodate anion, tetrafluoroborate anion, hexafluorophosphate anion, Periodate anion, sulfate anion, hydrogen anions sulfate, nitrate anions, dicyanamide anion [N - (CN) 2] , azide anion (N 3 -), alkane or arylsulfonic acid anion, perfluoro alkane or arylsulfonic acid anion , alkyl or aryl sulfate ester anions (ROSO 3 -:. R is represents an alkyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), alkyl or aryl phosphoric acid ester anions ((RO) 2 PO 2 - : R each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.) Thiocyanide anion (S - CN), triacetoxyborohydride anion, perruthenate anion (RuO 4 -), Cu ( CF 3) 4 -, C (CN) 3 And, CF 3 BF 3 - and the like.
　以下に、式（Ｎ１）で表される化合物を例示する。 The compounds represented by the formula (N1) are exemplified below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
　式（Ｎ２）中、Ｘ－は、式（Ｎ１）中のＸ－と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
　また、ＲＮ２１及びＲＮ２２は、式（Ｎ１）中のＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
　ＹＮ２１及びＹＮ２２は、それぞれ独立に、－Ｃ（ＲＮ２３）２－、－ＮＲＮ２４－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯ２－、－Ｓ－、－ＳＯ－、又は、ＳＯ２－を表す。
　ＲＮ２３は、水素原子、又は、脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、へテロアリール基、及び、ハロゲン原子からなる群より選ばれる１価の有機基を表す。
　ＲＮ２４は、水素原子、又は、脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、へテロアリール基からなる群より選ばれる１価の有機基を表す。
　ＲＮ２３及びＲＮ２４で表される脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、ヘテロアリール基は、式（Ｎ１）中のＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４で表される脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又は、ヘテロアリール基と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
　ＲＮ２３及びＲＮ２４で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Wherein (N2), X - is, X in the formula (N1) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
Also, R N21 and R N22 has the same meaning as R N11 ~ R N14 in the formula (N1), preferred embodiments are also the same.
Y N21 and Y N22 are each independently, -C (R N23) 2 - , - NR N24 -, - O -, - CO -, - CO 2 -, - S -, - SO-, or, SO 2 Represents-.
RN23 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a heteroaryl group, and a halogen atom.
R N24 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and a heteroaryl group.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, aralkyl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R N23 and R N24 are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups represented by R N11 to R N14 in the formula (N1), aryl It is synonymous with a group, an aralkyl group, or a heteroaryl group, and its preferable aspect is also the same.
As a halogen atom represented by RN23 and RN24 , a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned.
　ＲＮ２３及びＲＮ２４で表される脂肪族炭化水素基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又は、ヘテロアリール基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述したＲ１１がなり得る置換基及び水酸基等が挙げられる。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aryl group, aralkyl group or heteroaryl group represented by RN23 and RN24 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include substituents and hydroxyl group can become the R 11 described above.
　なお、ＹＮ２１又はＹＮ２２が、－Ｃ（ＲＮ２３）２－又はＮＲＮ２４－を表す場合、ＲＮ２１で表される１価の有機基は、ＲＮ２３又はＲＮ２４と互いに連結して芳香族性又は非芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。
　また、ＲＮ２１及びＲＮ２２は、互いに連結して芳香族性又は非芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。
　ｎＮは、１～１８の整数を表す。 When Y N21 or Y N22 represents -C (R N23 ) 2 -or N R24- , the monovalent organic group represented by R N21 is mutually linked to R N23 or R N24 to be aromatic. It may form a ring of sexic or non-aromatic nature.
Also, R N21 and R N22 may be linked to each other to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring.
n N represents an integer of 1 to 18.
　以下に、式（Ｎ２）で表される化合物を例示する。 The compounds represented by the formula (N2) are exemplified below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
　式（Ｎ３）中、Ｘ－は、式（Ｎ１）中のＸ－と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
　また、ＲＮ３１は、式（Ｎ１）中のＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
　ＹＮ３１～ＹＮ３５は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子又は＝ＣＲＮ３２－を表す。ＲＮ３２は、水素原子又は１価の置換基を示す。
　ＲＮ３２で表される１価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、上述したＲ１１がなり得る置換基及び水酸基等が挙げられる。
　なお、ＹＮ３１～ＹＮ３５のうちの２以上が＝ＣＲＮ３２－を表す場合、隣接する炭素原子に置換するＲＮ３２同士は、互いに連結して芳香族性又は非芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。
　また、ＹＮ３１～ＹＮ３５が＝ＣＲＮ３２－を表す場合、ＲＮ３２で表される１価の置換基は、ＲＮ３１と互いに連結して芳香族性又は非芳香族性の環を形成してもよい。 Wherein (N3), X - is, X in the formula (N1) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
In addition, R N31 has the same meaning as R N11 to R N14 in formula (N1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
Y N31 to Y N35 each independently represent a nitrogen atom or CRCR N32 −. R N32 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
The monovalent substituent represented by R N32 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a substituent which the above-mentioned R 11 can form and a hydroxyl group.
When two or more of Y N31 to Y N35 represent = CR N32-, R N32s substituting adjacent carbon atoms are linked to each other to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring May be
Further, when Y N31 to Y N35 represent = CR N32- , the monovalent substituent represented by R N32 is mutually linked to R N31 to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring. It is also good.
　以下に、式（Ｎ３）で表される化合物を例示する。 The compounds represented by the formula (N3) are exemplified below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
　式（Ｎ４）中、Ｘ－は、式（Ｎ１）中のＸ－と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
　また、ＲＮ４１及びＲＮ４２は、式（Ｎ１）中のＲＮ１１～ＲＮ１４と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
　また、ＹＮ４１～ＹＮ４３は、式（Ｎ３）のＹＮ３１～ＹＮ３５と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
　ＹＮ４４は、＞ＮＲＮ４１で表される基、硫黄原子、又は、酸素原子を表す。 Wherein (N4), X - is, X in the formula (N1) - has the same meaning as, preferred embodiments are also the same.
Further, R N41 and R N42 have the same meaning as R N11 to R N14 in formula (N1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
Furthermore, Y N41 to Y N43 have the same meaning as Y N31 to Y N35 in formula (N3), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
Y N44 represents a group represented by> NR N41 , a sulfur atom, or an oxygen atom.
　以下に、式（Ｎ４）で表される化合物を例示するが、本発明はこれに制限されない。 Although the compound represented by Formula (N4) is illustrated below, this invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
・金属を含む抗菌剤
　金属を含む抗菌剤としては特に制限されず、公知のものを使用できる。
　上記金属としては、例えば、金、銀、銅、水銀、亜鉛、鉄、鉛、ビスマス、チタン、錫、及び、ニッケル等が挙げられる。また、金属を含む抗菌剤に含まれる金属の態様は特に限定されず、金属粒子、金属イオン、及び、金属塩（金属錯体を含む）等の形態が挙げられる。なかでも、抗菌性がより優れる点で、金属は、金、銀、又は、銅が好ましい。 -Antibacterial agent containing metal It does not restrict | limit especially as an antibacterial agent containing metal, A well-known thing can be used.
Examples of the metal include gold, silver, copper, mercury, zinc, iron, lead, bismuth, titanium, tin, and nickel. Moreover, the aspect of the metal contained in the antibacterial agent containing a metal is not specifically limited, Forms, such as a metal particle, a metal ion, and a metal salt (a metal complex is included), are mentioned. Among them, gold, silver or copper is preferable as the metal in that the antibacterial property is more excellent.
　また、金属を含む抗菌剤としては、担体と、担体上に担持された上記金属を含む金属担持担体であってもよい。
　担体の種類は特に限定されず、公知の担体を使用できる。担体としては、例えば、無機酸化物（例えば、ゼオライト（結晶性アルミノケイサン塩）、シリカゲル、粘土鉱物等のケイ酸塩、ガラス（水溶性ガラスを含む）、リン酸ジルコニウム、及び、リン酸カルシウム等）、活性炭、金属担体、及び、有機金属等が挙げられる。 The metal-containing antimicrobial agent may be a carrier and a metal-supported carrier containing the above-described metal supported on the carrier.
The type of carrier is not particularly limited, and known carriers can be used. As the carrier, for example, inorganic oxides (eg, zeolite (crystalline aluminosilicate salt), silica gel, silicates such as clay mineral, glass (including water-soluble glass), zirconium phosphate, calcium phosphate, etc.), Activated carbon, metal carriers, organic metals and the like can be mentioned.
　金属を含む抗菌剤としては、抗菌性により優れる点で、銀を含む抗菌剤が好ましい。
　銀を含む抗菌剤としては、具体的には、硝酸銀、塩化銀、硫酸銀、乳酸銀、及び、酢酸銀等の銀塩；銀アンモニア錯体、銀クロロ錯体、及び、銀チオスルファト錯体等の銀錯体；銀粒子；銀イオン；これらを上記担体に担持させた銀担持担体；等が挙げられる。 As a metal-containing antibacterial agent, a silver-containing antibacterial agent is preferable in that it is more excellent in antibacterial property.
Specific examples of the antimicrobial agent containing silver include silver salts such as silver nitrate, silver chloride, silver sulfate, silver lactate, and silver acetate; silver complexes such as silver ammonia complex, silver chloro complex, and silver thiosulfato complex Silver particles; silver ions; silver-supported carriers on which the above-described carriers are supported; and the like.
・光触媒
　光触媒としては、光触媒作用を示すことが知られている物質であれば特に制限されず、例えば、ＴｉＯ２、ＳｒＴｉＯ２、ＺｎＯ、ＣｄＳ、ＳｎＯ２、及び、ＷＯ３等が挙げられる。 Photocatalyst The photocatalyst is not particularly limited as long as it is a substance known to exhibit a photocatalytic action, and examples thereof include TiO 2 , SrTiO 2 , ZnO, CdS, SnO 2 , and WO 3 and the like.
・アルデヒド系化合物
　アルデヒド系化合物としては特に制限されないが、例えば、グルタラール、フタラール、及び、ホルマリン等が挙げられる。 -Aldehyde-type compound Although it does not restrict | limit especially as an aldehyde-type compound, For example, glutaral, phthalal, formalin etc. are mentioned.
・ヨード系化合物
　ヨード系化合物としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ポピドンヨード及びヨードチンキ等が挙げられる。 -Iodine-type compound Although it does not restrict | limit especially as an iodine-type compound, For example, a popidone iodine, an iodine tincture, etc. are mentioned.
・ピグアニド化合物
　ピグアニド化合物としては特に制限されないが、例えば、クロルヘキシジングルコン酸塩、クロルヘキシジン塩酸塩、及び、クロルヘキシジン酢酸塩等が挙げられる。 -Piguanide compound The piguanide compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include chlorhexidine gluconate, chlorhexidine hydrochloride, and chlorhexidine acetate.
　殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び、除菌剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が殺菌剤、消毒剤、又は、除菌剤を含む場合、殺菌剤、消毒剤、及び、除菌剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～１０質量％が好ましく、０．０１～３質量％がより好ましく、０．０１～１質量％が更に好ましい。 The germicide, disinfectant and disinfectant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a bactericidal agent, a disinfectant agent, or a bactericidal agent, the content of the bactericidal agent, the disinfectant agent, and the bactericidal agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) 0.001 to 10% by mass is preferable, 0.01 to 3% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 1% by mass is more preferable with respect to the total mass.
（界面活性剤及び乳化剤）
　本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤及び／又は乳化剤を含むことが好ましい。界面活性剤及び／又は乳化剤を含む本発明の組成物を基布に含浸させてワイパーとして使用する場合、拭き残しが少なく、洗浄性により優れる。
　界面活性剤、及び乳化剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、アニオン性界面活性剤及びカチオン性界面活性剤等のイオン性界面活性剤（ただし、ここでいうイオン性界面活性剤に、４級アンモニウム塩は含まれない）、並びにノニオン性界面活性剤等が挙げられる。 (Surfactants and emulsifiers)
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant and / or an emulsifier. When the composition of the present invention containing a surfactant and / or an emulsifying agent is used as a wiper by impregnating the base fabric with the composition of the present invention as a wiper, there are few unprinted parts and excellent cleaning properties.
The surfactant and the emulsifying agent are not particularly limited, but, for example, an ionic surfactant such as an anionic surfactant and a cationic surfactant (however, a quaternary ammonium salt may be added to the ionic surfactant referred to herein) Not included), as well as nonionic surfactants and the like.
　イオン性界面活性剤としては、アルキル硫酸塩（ドデシル硫酸ナトリウム等）、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩（ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム等）、アルキルリン酸塩、及び、コール酸塩（デオキシコール酸ナトリウム、リトコール酸ナトリウム、及びコール酸ナトリウム等）等のアニオン性界面活性剤；アルキルジアミノエチルグリシン塩酸塩等のカチオン性界面活性剤；が挙げられる。 Examples of ionic surfactants include alkyl sulfates (such as sodium dodecyl sulfate), alkyl benzene sulfonates (such as sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate), alkyl phosphates, and cholates (such as sodium deoxycholate and sodium lithocolate) And anionic surfactants such as sodium cholate); cationic surfactants such as alkyldiaminoethylglycine hydrochloride;
　ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、炭素数が２０超の化合物が好ましく、モノ－，ジ－，若しくはポリグリセリンの脂肪酸エステル類、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸モノエステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル等のエステル型；ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリアルキレンアルキルエーテル、及び、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレングリコール等のエーテル型（花王株式会社製、エマルゲンシリーズ等）；脂肪酸ポリエチレングリコール、及び、脂肪酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン等のエステルエーテル型；脂肪酸アルカノールアミド等のアルカノールアミド型等が挙げられる。
　ノニオン性界面活性剤の具体例としては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコールモノラウリルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノステアリルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノセチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールモノラウリルエステル、及びポリエチレングリコールモノステアリルエステル等が挙げられる。 As the nonionic surfactant, for example, a compound having a carbon number of more than 20 is preferable, and fatty acid esters of mono-, di- or polyglycerin, propylene glycol fatty acid monoester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, sucrose fatty acid ester, etc. Ester type; Ether type such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyalkylene alkyl ether, and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol (manufactured by Kao Corporation, Emulgen series etc.); Fatty acid polyethylene glycol, Fatty acid polyoxyethylene sorbitan etc. Ester ethers of: alkanolamides such as fatty acid alkanolamides;
Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyethylene glycol monolauryl ether, polyethylene glycol monostearyl ether, polyethylene glycol monocetyl ether, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ester, and polyethylene glycol monostearyl ester.
　乳化剤としては、特に制限されないが、非イオン性の乳化剤の場合、炭素数２０超が好ましい。乳化剤としては、具体的に、オレイン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、カプリン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、カプリル酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、ラウリン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、ガムロジングリセリンエステル、オクテニルコハク酸デンプンナトリウム、クエン酸ステアリル、クエン酸モノグリセリド、グリセリンの乳酸及び脂肪酸エステル類、モノ－，ジ－，若しくはポリグリセリンの脂肪酸エステル類、ステアリン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。）、ミリスチン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。）、パルミチン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。）、ステアロイル乳酸カルシウム、ステアロイル乳酸ナトリウム、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、スルホコハク酸ジオクチルナトリウム、レシチン、水酸化レシチン、部分水解レシチン、ヒマワリレシチン、酵素処理レシチン、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、モノラウリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、モノステアリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、トリステアリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、オレイン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、キラヤ抽出物、植物性ステロール、スフィンゴ脂質、ダイズサポニン、胆汁末、動物性ステロール、分別レシチン、ユッカフォーム抽出物、卵黄レシチン、トール油、及び、ロジングリセリンエステルが挙げられる。 The emulsifier is not particularly limited, but in the case of a nonionic emulsifier, a carbon number of greater than 20 is preferred. Specific examples of the emulsifying agent include oleate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and potassium salts), capriate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and Potassium salt), caprylate (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt), laurate salt (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt, and Potassium salts, gum rosin glycerin ester, sodium starch octenyl succinate, stearyl citrate, monoglyceride citric acid, lactic acid and fatty acid esters of glycerin, fatty acid esters of mono-, di-, or polyglycerin, stearic acid Salt (in the form of salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, Monium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), myristate salts (in the form of salts, calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts). ), Palmitate (in the form of salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, ammonium salt, aluminum salt, potassium salt and sodium salt), calcium stearoyl lactate, sodium stearoyl lactate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, sulfosuccinic acid Dioctyl sodium, lecithin, hydroxylated lecithin, partially hydrolyzed lecithin, sunflower lecithin, enzyme-treated lecithin, propylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyester monostearate Len sorbitan, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan oleate, Quillaja extract, plant sterols, sphingolipids, soy saponin, bile powder, animal sterols, fractionated lecithin, yucca foam extract, egg yolk lecithin, Tall oil and rosin glycerin ester are mentioned.
　上記界面活性剤及び乳化剤としては、なかでも、安全性の観点から食品添加物であることが好ましく、コール酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、デオキシコール酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、オレイン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、カプリン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、カプリル酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、ラウリン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、ナトリウム塩、及びカリウム塩が挙げられる。）、ガムロジングリセリンエステル、オクテニルコハク酸デンプンナトリウム、クエン酸三エチル、クエン酸ステアリル、クエン酸モノグリセリド、グリセリンの乳酸及び脂肪酸エステル類、モノ－，ジ－，若しくはポリグリセリンの脂肪酸エステル類、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル、ステアリン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。）、ミリスチン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。）、パルミチン酸塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩、アルミニウム塩、カリウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。）、ステアロイル乳酸カルシウム、ステアロイル乳酸ナトリウム、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、スルホコハク酸ジオクチルナトリウム、レシチン、水酸化レシチン、部分水解レシチン、ヒマワリレシチン、酵素処理レシチン、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、モノラウリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、モノステアリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、トリステアリン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、オレイン酸ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン、キラヤ抽出物、植物性ステロール、スフィンゴ脂質、ダイズサポニン、胆汁末、動物性ステロール、分別レシチン、ユッカフォーム抽出物、卵黄レシチン、トール油、又は、ロジングリセリンエステルが好ましい。 Among the above surfactants and emulsifiers, food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and cholic acid salts (examples of salts include calcium salts, sodium salts, and potassium salts). , Deoxycholate (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt), oleate salt (salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt). ), Caprate (the salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt), caprylate salt (the salt form includes calcium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt). ), Laurate (in the form of salt, calcium, sodium and potassium salts are included), gum rosin Esters, sodium octenyl succinate, triethyl citrate, stearyl citrate, monoglyceride citric acid, lactic acid and fatty acid esters of glycerin, fatty acid esters of mono-, di-, or polyglycerin, sucrose fatty acid ester, stearate (Salt forms include calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), myristate salts (salt forms: calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, Aluminum salts include potassium salts and sodium salts), palmitate salts (in the form of salts include calcium salts, magnesium salts, ammonium salts, aluminum salts, potassium salts, and sodium salts), stearoyl salts Calcium lactate, stearoyl sodium lactate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate, lecithin, hydroxylated lecithin, partially hydrolyzed lecithin, sunflower lecithin, enzyme-treated lecithin, propylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxy monostearate Ethylene sorbitan, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan oleate, quillaja extract, plant sterols, sphingolipids, soy saponin, bile powder, animal sterols, fractionated lecithin, yucca foam extract, egg yolk lecithin, Tall oil or rosin glycerin ester is preferred.
　界面活性剤及び乳化剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．０１～２質量％が好ましく、０．０５～２質量％がより好ましく、０．０５～１質量％が更に好ましい。 The surfactant and the emulsifying agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant (the total of multiple surfactants, if present) is preferably 0.01 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition, The content is more preferably 0.05 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.05 to 1% by mass.
（酸化防止剤）
　本発明の組成物は、酸化防止剤を含むことが好ましい。本発明の組成物が酸化防止剤を含む場合、抗ウイルス活性がより優れる。
　酸化防止剤としては特に制限されず、例えば、「抗酸化剤の理論と実際」（梶本著、三書房　　１９８４）、及び「酸化防止剤ハンドブック」（猿渡、西野、田端著、大成社　　１９７６）に記載の各種酸化防止剤を使用できる。 (Antioxidant)
The composition of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant. When the composition of the present invention contains an antioxidant, the antiviral activity is more excellent.
The antioxidant is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include “Theory and practice of antioxidants” (Enomoto, Sanshobo 1984), and “Antioxidant handbook” (Saruwatari, Nishino, Tabata, Taiseisha 1976). The various antioxidants described can be used.
　酸化防止剤としては、アミン系化合物（フェニレンジアミン、ジフェニル－ｐ－フェニレンジアミン、及び、４－アミノ－ｐ－ジフェニルアミン等）、アスコルビン酸誘導体、及びそれらの塩（Ｌ－アスコルビン酸、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸ナトリウム、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸カリウム、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸カルシウム、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸リン酸エステル、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸リン酸エステルのマグネシウム塩、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸硫酸エステル、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸硫酸エステル２ナトリウム塩、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸ステアリン酸エステル、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸２－グルコシド、Ｌ－アスコルビル酸パルミチン酸エステル、及びテトライソパルミチン酸Ｌ－アスコルビル等）、エリソルビン酸誘導体、及びそれらの塩（例えば、エリソルビン酸、エリソルビン酸ナトリウム、エリソルビン酸カリウム、エリソルビン酸カルシウム、エリソルビン酸リン酸エステル、及びエリソルビン酸硫酸エステル等）、エチレンジアミン四酢酸カルシウムニナトリウム、クエン酸イソプロピル、グアヤク脂、グアヤク樹脂、ジラウリルチオジプロピオネート、チオジプロピオン酸、チオジプロピオン酸ジステアリルエステル、チオ硫酸ナトリウム、ピロ亜硫酸カリウム、ピロ亜硫酸ナトリウム、プロトカテキュ酸エチル、亜硫酸カリウム、亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸水素カリウム、亜硫酸水素ナトリウム、及び、塩化第一錫が挙げられる。
　なかでも、安全性の観点から食品添加物であることが好ましく、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸カルシウム、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸ステアリン酸エステル、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸ナトリウム、Ｌ－アスコルビン酸パルミチン酸エステル、エリソルビン酸、エリソルビン酸ナトリウム、エチレンジアミン四酢酸カルシウムニナトリウム、クエン酸イソプロピル、グアヤク脂、グアヤク樹脂、ジラウリルチオジプロピオネート、チオジプロピオン酸、チオジプロピオン酸ジステアリルエステル、チオ硫酸ナトリウム、ピロ亜硫酸カリウム、ピロ亜硫酸ナトリウム、プロトカテキュ酸エチル、亜硫酸カリウム、亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸水素カリウム、亜硫酸水素ナトリウム、及び、塩化第一錫が好ましい。 Examples of antioxidants include amine compounds (phenylenediamine, diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine, 4-amino-p-diphenylamine, etc.), ascorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof (L-ascorbic acid, L-ascorbic acid Sodium, potassium L-ascorbate, calcium L-ascorbate, L-ascorbic acid phosphate, magnesium salt of L-ascorbic acid phosphate, L-ascorbic acid sulfuric acid ester, L-ascorbic acid sulfuric acid ester disodium salt, L-ascorbic acid stearic acid ester, L-ascorbic acid 2-glucoside, L-ascorbyl palmitate acid ester, and L-ascorbyl tetraisopalmitate acid, etc., erythorbic acid derivatives, and salts thereof (eg, erythorbic acid) Sodium erythorbate, potassium erythorbate, calcium erythorbate, phosphate of erythorbate, erythorbate phosphate, etc., calcium ethylenediaminetetraacetate disodium, isopropyl citrate, guaiac fat, guaiac resin, dilaurylthiodipropionate, Thiodipropionic acid, thiodipropionic acid distearyl ester, sodium thiosulfate, potassium metabisulfite, sodium pyrosulfite, ethyl protocatechuate, potassium sulfite, sodium sulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium bisulfite, and stannous chloride It can be mentioned.
Among them, food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and L-ascorbic acid, calcium L-ascorbate, L-ascorbic acid stearic acid ester, sodium L-ascorbic acid, L-ascorbic acid palmitic acid ester, Erythorbic acid, sodium erythorbate, calcium disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, isopropyl citrate, guaiac fat, guaiac resin, dilaurylthiodipropionate, thiodipropionic acid, thiodipropionic acid distearyl ester, sodium thiosulfate, pyrosulfite Preferred are potassium, sodium pyrosulfite, ethyl protocatechuate, potassium sulfite, sodium sulfite, potassium bisulfite, sodium bisulfite and stannous chloride.
　酸化防止剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が酸化防止剤を含む場合、酸化防止剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～２質量％が好ましく、０．０１～２質量％がより好ましく、０．０１～０．５質量％がさらに好ましい。 The antioxidant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains an antioxidant, the content of the antioxidant (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition, 0.01 to 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.01 to 0.5% by mass is more preferable.
（ｐＨ調整剤）
　ｐＨ調整剤としては特に制限されないが、金属アルコキシド（例えば、ナトリウムメトキシド、及びナトリウムエトキシド等）、金属酸化物（例えば、酸化カルシウム、及び酸化マグネシウム等）、炭酸水素塩（炭酸水素アンモニウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、及び炭酸水素カルシウム等）、金属水酸化物（水酸化カルシウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化ルビジウム、水酸化セシウム、水酸化ストロンチウム、水酸化バリウム、水酸化ユウロピリウム（ＩＩ）、及び水酸化タリウム（Ｉ）等）、炭酸塩（炭酸アンモニウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸マグネシウム、及び炭酸セシウム等）、水酸化４級アンモニウム、有機塩基（グアニジン誘導体、ジアザビシクロウンデセン、及びジアザビシクロノネン等）、フォスファゼン塩基、及びプロアザフォスファトラン塩基等が挙げられる。
　ｐＨ調整剤としては、安全性の観点から食品添加物として使用されるものが好ましく、ナトリウムメトキシド、酸化カルシウム、酸化マグネシウム、炭酸水素アンモニウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、炭酸水素カルシウム、水酸化カルシウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、炭酸アンモニウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸ナトリウム、又は炭酸マグネシウムが好ましい。 (PH adjuster)
The pH adjuster is not particularly limited, but metal alkoxides (eg, sodium methoxide and sodium ethoxide etc.), metal oxides (eg calcium oxide and magnesium oxide etc.), hydrogen carbonates (ammonium hydrogen carbonate, carbonates) Sodium hydrogen hydrogen, potassium hydrogen carbonate and calcium hydrogen carbonate etc., metal hydroxides (calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, rubidium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide) Strontium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, europylium hydroxide (II) and thallium hydroxide (I) etc., carbonates (ammonium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, cesium carbonate etc.), Quaternary ammonium hydroxide Organic bases (guanidine derivatives, diazabicycloundecene, and diazabicyclononene, etc.), phosphazene base, and pro-aza phosphatonin Tran bases, and the like.
As a pH adjuster, those used as food additives are preferable from the viewpoint of safety, and sodium methoxide, calcium oxide, magnesium oxide, ammonium hydrogencarbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, calcium hydrogencarbonate, hydroxide Calcium, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, ammonium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate or magnesium carbonate is preferred.
　ｐＨ調整剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物がｐＨ調整剤を含む場合、ｐＨ調整剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、フェノール系化合物の含有量等によっても適宜変更されるため、限定することはできないが、組成物のｐＨが９．３超１４．０以下となるように、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～３０質量％が好ましく、０．００５～２０質量％がより好ましく、０．０１～１０質量％がさらに好ましい。 The pH adjuster may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a pH adjuster, the content of the pH adjuster (if there is a plurality of types, the total thereof) is appropriately changed depending on the content of the phenolic compound, etc. However, it is preferably 0.001 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the composition so that the pH of the composition is not less than 9.3 and not more than 14.0. And 0.01 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
（紫外線吸収剤）
　紫外線吸収剤としては特に制限されないが、例えば、パラアミノ安息香酸、エチルジヒドロキシプロピルパラアミノ安息香酸、グリセリルパラアミノ安息香酸、オクチルジメチルパラアミノ安息香酸、パラジメチルアミノ安息香酸アミル、及び、パラジメチルアミノ安息香酸２－エチルへキシル等のパラアミノ安息香酸系化合物；２，２’－ジヒドロキシ－４，４’－ジメトキシベンゾフェノン－５，５’－ジスルホン酸二ナトリウム；パラメトキシケイ皮酸２－エチルヘキシル（別名；パラメトキシケイ皮酸オクチル）、ジパラメトキシケイ皮酸モノ－２－エチルヘキサン酸グリセリル、２，５－ジイソプロピルケイ皮酸メチル、２，４，６－トリス［４－（２－エチルへキシルオキシカルボニル）アニリノ］－１，３，５－トリアジン、トリメトキシケイ皮酸メチルビス（トリメチルシロキシ）シリルイソペンチル、パラメトキシケイ皮酸イソプロピル・ジイソプロピルケイ皮酸エステル混合物、及びｐ－メトキシハイドロケイ皮酸ジエタノールアミン塩等のケイ皮酸系化合物；２－フェニル－ベンズイミダゾール－５－硫酸、４－イソプロピルジベンゾイルメタン、及び、４－ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル－４’－メトキシジベンゾイルメタン等のベンゾイルメタン系化合物；２－シアノ－３，３－ジフェニルプロパ－２－エン酸－２－エチルヘキシルエステル（別名；オクトクリレン）、ジメトキシベンジリデンジオキソイミダゾリジンプロピオン酸２－エチルへキシル、１－（３，４－ジメトキシフェニル）－４，４－ジメチル－１，３－ペンタンジオン、シノキサート、メチル－Ｏ－アミノベンゾエート、２－エチルヘキシル－２－シアノ－３，３－ジフェニルアクリレート、３－（４－メチルベンジリデン）カンフル、オクチルトリアゾン、４－（３，４－ジメトキシフェニルメチレン）－２，５－ジオキソ－１－イミダゾリジンプロピオン酸２－エチルヘキシル、これらの高分子誘導体、ならびに、シラン誘導体等が挙げられる。 (UV absorber)
The UV absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include paraaminobenzoic acid, ethyldihydroxypropylparaaminobenzoic acid, glyceryl paraaminobenzoic acid, octyldimethylparaaminobenzoic acid, amyl paradimethylaminobenzoate, and paradimethylaminobenzoic acid 2- 2- Para-aminobenzoic acid compounds such as ethylhexyl; disodium 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone-5,5'-disulfonate; 2-ethylhexyl paramethoxycinnamate (alias: paramethoxysilicone) Octyl skin acid), glyceryl di-p-methoxycinnamate mono-2-ethylhexanoate, methyl 2,5-diisopropylcinnamate, 2,4,6-tris [4- (2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl) anilino ] -1,3,5-Triazine, tri Cinnamic acid compounds such as methyl bis (trimethylsiloxy) silyl isopentyl toxylate cinnamate, a mixture of isopropyl and p-methoxycinnamic acid isopropyl diisopropyl cinnamate, and p-methoxy hydrocinic acid diethanolamine salt; 2-phenyl-benzimidazole Benzoylmethane compounds such as -5-sulfuric acid, 4-isopropyldibenzoylmethane and 4-tert-butyl-4'-methoxydibenzoylmethane; 2-cyano-3, 3-diphenylprop-2-enoic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester (alias: octocrylene), dimethoxybenzylidene dioxoimidazolidine propionate 2-ethylhexyl, 1- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -4,4-dimethyl-1,3-pentanedione, sinoxato, Methyl-O-A Nobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 3- (4-methylbenzylidene) camphor, octyl triazone, 4- (3,4-dimethoxyphenylmethylene) -2,5-dioxo- Examples thereof include 2-ethylhexyl 1-imidazolidine propionate, polymer derivatives thereof, and silane derivatives.
　紫外線吸収剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が紫外線吸収剤を含む場合、紫外線吸収剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、０．０１～３質量％が好ましく、０．０１～２質量％がより好ましく、０．０１～１質量％が更に好ましい。 The ultraviolet absorber may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber (the total amount of multiple ultraviolet absorbers present) is preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 2% by mass. Preferably, 0.01 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
（キレート剤）
　キレート剤としては特に制限されないが、例えば、アミノポリカルボン酸系キレート剤、芳香族又は脂肪族カルボン酸系キレート剤、アミノ酸系キレート剤、ホスホン酸系キレート剤、リン酸系キレート剤、ヒドロキシカルボン酸系キレート剤、高分子電解質（オリゴマー電解質を含む）系キレート剤、ジメチルグリオキシム、チオグリコール酸、フィチン酸、グリオキシル酸、及び、グリオキサール酸等が挙げられる。これらのキレート剤は、それぞれフリーの酸型であっても、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩等の塩の形であってもよい。 (Chelating agent)
The chelating agent is not particularly limited. For example, aminopolycarboxylic acid type chelating agents, aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic acid type chelating agents, amino acid type chelating agents, phosphonic acid type chelating agents, phosphoric acid type chelating agents, hydroxycarboxylic acid And chelating agents, polyelectrolytes (including oligomer electrolytes), dimethylglyoxime, thioglycolic acid, phytic acid, glyoxylic acid, and glyoxal acid. These chelating agents may be in free acid form or in the form of salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt and the like.
　アミノポリカルボン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、エチレンジアミンテトラ酢酸、エチレンジアミンジ酢酸、シクロヘキサンジアミンテトラ酢酸、ニトリロトリ酢酸、イミノジ酢酸、Ｎ－（２－ヒドロキシエチル）イミノジ酢酸、ジエチレントリアミンペンタ酢酸、Ｎ－（２－ヒドロキシエチル）エチレンジアミントリ酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミンテトラ酢酸、グルタミン酸ジ酢酸、アスパラギン酸ジ酢酸、及び、これらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of aminopolycarboxylic acid chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediaminediacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, iminodiacetic acid, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) iminodiacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, N- (2 And-hydroxyethyl) ethylenediamine triacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, glutamic acid diacetic acid, aspartic acid diacetic acid, and salts thereof, and the like.
　芳香族又は脂肪族カルボン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、シュウ酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、ピメリン酸、セバシン酸、アゼライン酸、イタコン酸、アコニット酸、ピルビン酸、アミノ安息香酸（アントラニル酸を含む）、フタル酸、フマル酸、トリメリット酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、及び、これらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic or aliphatic carboxylic acid chelating agents include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, sebacic acid, azelaic acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, pyruvic acid and aminobenzoic acid. Examples thereof include acids (including anthranilic acid), phthalic acid, fumaric acid, trimellitic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, and salts thereof.
　アミノ酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、グリシン、セリン、アラニン、リジン、シスチン、システイン、エチオニン、チロシン、メチオニン、及び、これらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of amino acid based chelating agents include glycine, serine, alanine, lysine, cystine, cysteine, ethionine, tyrosine, methionine, and salts thereof, and the like.
　ホスホン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、イミノジメチルホスホン酸、アルキルジホスホン酸、１－ヒドロキシエタン－１，１－ジホスホン酸、及び、これらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of phosphonic acid chelating agents include iminodimethylphosphonic acid, alkyldiphosphonic acid, 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid, and salts thereof.
　リン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、オルトリン酸、ピロリン酸、トリリン酸、及び、ポリリン酸等が挙げられる。 Examples of phosphoric acid chelating agents include orthophosphoric acid, pyrophosphoric acid, triphosphoric acid, and polyphosphoric acid.
　ヒドロキシカルボン酸系キレート剤としては、例えば、リンゴ酸、クエン酸、グリコール酸、グルコン酸、ヘプトン酸、酒石酸、乳酸、及び、これらの塩類等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxycarboxylic acid chelating agent include malic acid, citric acid, glycolic acid, gluconic acid, heptonic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, and salts thereof, and the like.
　高分子電解質（オリゴマー電解質を含む）系キレート剤としては、例えば、アクリル酸重合体、無水マレイン酸重合体、α－ヒドロキシアクリル酸重合体、イタコン酸重合体、及び、これらの重合体の構成モノマー２種以上からなる共重合体、ならびに、エポキシコハク酸重合体等が挙げられる。 Examples of polymer electrolyte (including oligomer electrolyte) -based chelating agents include acrylic acid polymers, maleic anhydride polymers, α-hydroxyacrylic acid polymers, itaconic acid polymers, and monomers constituting these polymers. The copolymer which consists of 2 or more types, and an epoxy succinic acid polymer etc. are mentioned.
　キレート剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物がキレート剤を含む場合、キレート剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～３質量％が好ましく、０．００１～２質量％がより好ましく、０．００１～１質量％が更に好ましい。 The chelating agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a chelating agent, the content of the chelating agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. The amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
（保湿剤）
　保湿剤としては特に制限されず、例えば、デオキシリボ核酸、ムコ多糖類、ヒアルロン酸、コンドロイチン硫酸、アロエエキス、ゼラチン、エラスチン、キチン、キトサン、加水分解卵殻膜、ポリオキシエチレンメチルグルコシド、ポリオキシプロピレンメチルグルコシド、乳酸ナトリウム、尿素、ピロリドンカルボン酸ナトリウム、ベタイン、及び、ホエイ等が挙げられる。 (Moisturizer)
The moisturizing agent is not particularly limited. For example, deoxyribonucleic acid, mucopolysaccharide, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, aloe extract, gelatin, elastin, chitin, chitosan, hydrolyzed eggshell membrane, polyoxyethylene methyl glucoside, polyoxypropylene methyl Glucoside, sodium lactate, urea, sodium pyrrolidonecarboxylate, betaine, whey and the like can be mentioned.
　保湿剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が保湿剤を含む場合、保湿剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～３質量％が好ましく、０．００１～２質量％がより好ましく、０．００１～１質量％が更に好ましい。 A humectant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
When the composition of the present invention contains a moisturizing agent, the content of the moisturizing agent (the total amount of the plural kinds, if present) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. The amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
（増粘剤及びゲル化剤）
　増粘剤及びゲル化剤としては、例えば、無水マレイン酸・メチルビニルエーテル共重合体、塩化ジメチルジアリルアンモニウム・アクリルアミド共重合体、アクリルアミド・アクリル酸・塩化ジメチルジアリルアンモニウム共重合体、セルロース又はその誘導体、ケラチン及びコラーゲン又はそれらの誘導体、アルギン酸カルシウム、プルラン、寒天、タマリンド種子多糖類、キサンタンガム、カラギーナン、ハイメトキシルペクチン、ローメトキシルペクチン、グアーガム、アラビアゴム、えん麦ガム、アカシアガム、結晶セルロース、アラビノガラクタン、カラヤガム、トラガカントガム、カロブビーンガム、ガティガム、アルギン酸及びその塩（塩の形態としては、アンモニウム塩、カリウム塩、カルシウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる）、アルギン酸プロピレングリコールエステル、アルブミン、カゼイン、カードラン、βグルカン及びβグルカン誘導体、ローカストビーンガム、ジェランガム、カッシアガム、マンナン、タラガム、トラガントガム、タマリンドガム、デキストラン、ポリデキストロース、α－グルコース、エチルヒドロキシエチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース及びその塩（塩の形態としては、カルシウム塩、及びナトリウム塩が挙げられる。）、酵素分解カルボキシメチルセルロースナトリウム、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルデンプン、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、メチルエチルセルロース、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピル化エピ架橋デンプン、ヒドロキシプロピル化リン酸架橋デンプン、アミロペクチン、ヒドロキシプロピル化リン酸架橋デンプン、アセチル化アジピン酸架橋デンプン、酸化ヒドロキシプロピル化エピ架橋デンプン、アセチル化リン酸架橋デンプン、アセチル化酸化デンプン、アルカリ処理デンプン、酸化ヒドロキシプロピル化エピ架橋デンプン、グリセロール架橋デンプン、酸処理デンプン、リン酸モノエステル化リン酸架橋デンプン、リン酸化デンプン、酢酸デンプン、漂白デンプン、酵素処理デンプン、酸化デンプン、デンプングリコール酸ナトリウム、デンプンコハク酸ナトリウム、グルコマンナン、シクロデキストリン、デキストリン、プルラン、ペクチン、ポリアクリル酸ナトリウム、ユーケマ、β－１，３－グルカン寒天並びにα－グルコースの誘導体等が挙げられる。 (Thickener and gelling agent)
As a thickener and a gelling agent, for example, maleic anhydride · methyl vinyl ether copolymer, dimethyldiallylammonium chloride · acrylamide copolymer, acrylamide · acrylic acid · dimethyldiarylammonium chloride copolymer, cellulose or a derivative thereof, Keratin and collagen or derivatives thereof, calcium alginate, pullulan, agar, tamarind seed polysaccharide, xanthan gum, carrageenan, high methoxyl pectin, lomethoxyl pectin, guar gum, gum arabic, oat gum, acacia gum, crystalline cellulose, arabinogalactan, Karaya gum, tragacanth gum, carob bean gum, gati gum, alginic acid and salts thereof (in the form of salts, ammonium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, and sodium salts are listed) Alginic acid propylene glycol ester, albumin, casein, curdlan, β-glucan and β-glucan derivatives, locust bean gum, gellan gum, cassia gum, mannan, cod gum, traganto gum, tamarind gum, dextran, polydextrose, α-glucose, ethyl hydroxy Ethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and salts thereof (in the form of salts, calcium and sodium salts are included), Enzyme-degraded sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, methyl ethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxy Propylated epi-crosslinked starch, hydroxypropylated phosphoric acid cross-linked starch, Mylopectin, hydroxypropylated phosphoric acid crosslinked starch, acetylated adipic acid crosslinked starch, oxidized hydroxypropylated epi crosslinked starch, acetylated phosphoric acid crosslinked starch, acetylated oxidized starch, alkali treated starch, oxidized hydroxypropylated epi crosslinked starch, glycerol Crosslinked starch, acid treated starch, phosphate monoesterified phosphate crosslinked starch, phosphorylated starch, starch acetate, bleached starch, enzyme treated starch, oxidized starch, sodium starch glycolate, sodium starch succinate, glucomannan, cyclodextrin, Examples include dextrin, pullulan, pectin, sodium polyacrylate, eukema, β-1,3-glucan agar, derivatives of α-glucose and the like.
　増粘剤及びゲル化剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が増粘剤及びゲル化剤を含む場合、増粘剤及びゲル化剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～３質量％が好ましく、０．００１～２質量％がより好ましく、０．００１～１質量％が更に好ましい。 The thickener and the gelling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a thickening agent and a gelling agent, the content of the thickening agent and the gelling agent (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is 0. 0 to the total mass of the composition. The content is preferably 001 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
（防腐剤）
　防腐剤としては特に制限されないが、例えば、安息香酸、安息香酸ナトリウム、ソルビン酸カリウム、ソルビン酸ナトリウム、ソルビン酸、デヒドロ酢酸ナトリウム、過酸化水素、ギ酸、ギ酸エチル、ジ亜塩素酸ナトリウム、プロピオン酸、プロピオン酸ナトリウム、プロピオン酸カルシウム、ペクチン分解物、ポリリジン、フェノキシエタノール、チラム、及び、ティートリー油が挙げられる。 (Preservative)
The preservative is not particularly limited. For example, benzoic acid, sodium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium sorbate, sorbic acid, sodium dehydroacetate, hydrogen peroxide, formic acid, ethyl formate, sodium hypochlorite, propionic acid Sodium propionate, calcium propionate, pectin degradation products, polylysine, phenoxyethanol, thiram and tea tree oil.
　防腐剤は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が防腐剤を含む場合、防腐剤の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～３質量％が好ましく、０．００１～２質量％がより好ましく、０．００１～１質量％が更に好ましい。 The preservative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a preservative, the content of the preservative (if there is more than one type in total) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition, and 0. The amount is more preferably 001 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass.
（香料）
　香料としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ジャコウ、アカシア油、アニス油、イランイラン油、ジャスミン油、スウィートオレンジ油、スペアミント油、ゼラニウム油、ネロリ油、ハッカ油、ヒノキ油、フェンネル油、ペパーミント油、ベルガモット油、ライム油、ラベンダー油、レモン油、レモングラス油、ローズ油、ローズウッド油、アニスアルデヒド、シベトン、ムスコン、及び、リモネン等が挙げられる。 (Fragrance)
The flavoring agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include musk, acacia oil, anise oil, ylang oil, jasmine oil, sweet orange oil, spearmint oil, geranium oil, neroli oil, peppermint oil, cypress oil, fennel oil, peppermint oil, Bergamot oil, lime oil, lavender oil, lemon oil, lemongrass oil, rose oil, rosewood oil, anisaldehyde, shibetone, muscone, limonene and the like.
　香料は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が香料を含む場合、香料の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～３質量％が好ましく、０．００１～２　質量％がより好ましく、０．００１～１質量％が更に好ましい。 The fragrance may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a perfume, the content of the perfume (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.001 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
（色素）
　色素としては特に制限されないが、例えば、オキアミ色素、オレンジ色素、カオリン、グンジョウ、酸化クロム、酸化鉄、二酸化チタン、食用色素（フェノール性水酸基を含まないもの）、クロロフィル等が挙げられる。 (Pigment)
The pigment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include krill pigment, orange pigment, kaolin, gunjow, chromium oxide, iron oxide, titanium dioxide, food pigment (containing no phenolic hydroxyl group), chlorophyll and the like.
　色素は、１種単独で使用してもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよい。
　本発明の組成物が色素を含む場合、香料の含有量（複数種存在する場合はその合計）は、組成物の全質量に対して、０．００１～３質量％が好ましく、０．００１～２　質量％がより好ましく、０．００１～１質量％が更に好ましい。 The dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a pigment, the content of the perfume (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass, and more preferably 0.001 to 3% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition. 2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.001 to 1% by mass is more preferable.
＜組成物の製造方法＞
　本発明の組成物は、上述した必須成分及び任意成分を、適宜混合することによって調製できる。なお、上記成分の混合の順番は特に制限されない。 <Method of producing composition>
The composition of the present invention can be prepared by appropriately mixing the above-described essential components and optional components. In addition, the order in particular of mixing of the said component is not restrict | limited.
＜剤型＞
　本発明の組成物の剤型は特に制限されないが、例えば、液剤、ジェル剤、エアゾールスプレー剤、及び、非エアゾールスプレー剤等が挙げられる。 <Formulation type>
The dosage form of the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include solutions, gels, aerosol sprays and non-aerosol sprays.
＜組成物の用途＞
　上記組成物の用途としては特に制限されない。例えば、抗菌組成物として用いられるのが好ましく、抗ウイルス用組成物として用いるのがより好ましい。ここで、抗菌用とは菌に作用させ、菌の活性を減少させるために使用される用途を意図し、抗ウイルス用とはウイルスに作用させ、ウイルスの活性を減少させるために使用される用途を意図する。
　本発明の組成物は、例えば、カリシウイルス科、オルトミクソウイルス科、コロナウイルス科、及び、ヘルペスウイルス科等に属するウイルスを不活化する作用を有するため、上記のウイルスに作用させて上記のウイルスの活性を減少させる用途が好ましい。なお、カリシウイルス科に属するウイルスとしては、ノロウイルス属、サポウイルス属、ラゴウイルス属、ネボウイルス属、及び、ベシウイルス属に属するウイルス等が挙げられ、中でも、組成物は、ノロウイルス属に属するウイルス及びベシウイルス属に属するウイルスに対して良好な不活化効果を発揮する。 <Application of Composition>
The application of the composition is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferably used as an antibacterial composition, and more preferably used as an antiviral composition. Here, the term "antibacterial" is intended to be used for acting on bacteria to reduce the activity of the bacteria, and "antiviral" is intended to be used for acting on the virus and to reduce the activity of the virus. Intended.
The composition of the present invention has an action of inactivating viruses belonging to, for example, Caliciviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Coronaviridae, Herpesviridae, etc. Applications that reduce the activity of are preferred. In addition, viruses belonging to the calicivirus family include viruses belonging to the genus Norovirus, Sapovirus, Lagovirus, Nebovirus and Besivirus, among which the composition belongs to viruses belonging to the genus Norovirus and It exerts a good inactivating effect against viruses belonging to the Vesivirus genus.
　組成物は、中でも、抗ノロウイルス用組成物として用いられるのが好ましい。
　上記組成物の使用方法としては特に制限されないが、ノロウイルスが付着、又は、付着するおそれがある箇所に、塗布する、又は、予め塗布しておくことができる。組成物を塗布する方法としては特に制限されないが、例えば組成物を上記箇所に噴霧する方法、組成物を含む基布等によって、上記箇所を拭く方法、及び、液体洗浄料である組成物で手指を洗浄する方法等が挙げられる。 The composition is preferably used as an anti-norovirus composition, among others.
The method of use of the above composition is not particularly limited, but it can be applied or previously applied to a place where norovirus may adhere or may adhere. The method of applying the composition is not particularly limited. For example, the method of spraying the composition onto the above location, the method of wiping the above location with a base cloth containing the composition, etc. And the like.
〔スプレー〕
　本発明実施形態に係るスプレーは、スプレー容器と、スプレー容器に収容された組成物と、を含む。上記組成物としては、既に説明したとおりである。
　上記スプレー容器は、エアゾールスプレー容器であっても、非エアゾールスプレー容器であってもよく、非エアゾールスプレー容器であるのが好ましい。
　上記スプレー容器がエアゾールスプレー容器である場合とは、例えば、スプレー容器が抗ウイルス用組成物以外に液体ガス及び圧縮ガス等のガスを含む形態を意図する。エアゾールスプレー容器としては、具体的には、液化石油ガス（ＬＰＧ）、ジメチルエーテル（ＤＭＥ）、炭酸ガス、窒素ガス、及びイソペンタン等のガスを含むスプレー容器が挙げられる。
　上記スプレー容器が非エアゾールスプレー容器である場合とは、スプレー容器が、液体ガス及び圧縮ガス等のガスを実質的に含まずに、容器中に収容される液体を霧状及び泡状等の形態で容器外へ噴出させる機構を備えている形態を意図する。非エアゾールスプレー容器としては、例えば、ポンプ式、及びトリガー式等の蓄圧式のスプレー容器が挙げられる。
　上記スプレーは、抗ウイルス用として使用されるのが好ましく、抗ノロウイルス用として使用されるのがより好ましい。 〔spray〕
A spray according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises a spray container and a composition contained in the spray container. The above composition is as described above.
The spray container may be an aerosol spray container or a non-aerosol spray container, and is preferably a non-aerosol spray container.
In the case where the spray container is an aerosol spray container, for example, the spray container is intended to include, in addition to the antiviral composition, a liquid gas and a gas such as a compressed gas. As an aerosol spray container, the spray container containing gas, such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), dimethyl ether (DME), carbon dioxide gas, nitrogen gas, and isopentane, is mentioned specifically ,.
In the case where the spray container is a non-aerosol spray container, the spray container may be in the form of a mist, a foam, etc. of the liquid contained in the container substantially free of gas such as liquid gas and compressed gas. In the present invention, it is intended to be provided with a mechanism for ejecting the liquid to the outside of the container. Examples of non-aerosol spray containers include pump-type and trigger-type pressure-accumulation spray containers.
The spray is preferably used for antivirals, more preferably for anti-norovirus.
〔ワイパー〕
　本発明の実施形態に係るワイパーは、基布と、基布に含浸された上記組成物と、を含む。上記組成物としては、既に説明したとおりである。
　上記ワイパーは、抗ウイルス用として使用されるのが好ましく、抗ノロウイルス用として使用されるのがより好ましい。 [Wiper]
A wiper according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a backing and the above-described composition impregnated in the backing. The above composition is as described above.
The above wiper is preferably used for antiviral use, more preferably for anti-norovirus.
　上記基布としては、特に制限されず、天然繊維で形成されたものであっても、化学繊維で形成されたものであってもよい。
　天然繊維としては、例えば、パルプ、綿、麻、亜麻、羊毛、キヤメル、カシミヤ、モヘヤ、及び、絹等が挙げられる。
　化学繊維としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、レーヨン、ポリノジック、アセテート、トリアセテート、ナイロン、ポリエステル、ポリアクリロニトリル、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリウレタン、ポリアルキレンパラオキシベンゾエート、及び、ポリクラール等が挙げられる。
　これらの基布のうち、組成物を含浸させやすい点で、親水性の基布が好ましい。親水性の基布とは、例えば、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、アミド基、及び、スルホニル基等の親水性基を有する繊維を含む基布である。親水性の基布としては、具体的には、植物性繊維、綿、パルプ、動物性繊維、レーヨン、ナイロン、ポリエステル、ポリアクリロニトリル、及び、ポリビニルアルコール等が挙げられる。
　また、基布としては、不織布、布、タオル、ガーゼ、及び、脱脂綿等も使用でき、不織布が好ましい。 The base fabric is not particularly limited, and may be formed of natural fibers or chemical fibers.
Examples of natural fibers include pulp, cotton, hemp, flax, wool, camel, cashmere, mohya and silk.
Chemical fibers include polyethylene terephthalate, rayon, polynozic, acetate, triacetate, nylon, polyester, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyurethane, polyalkylene para oxybenzoate, and polychalle etc. It can be mentioned.
Among these base cloths, hydrophilic base cloths are preferred in that they are easily impregnated with the composition. The hydrophilic base is, for example, a base containing a fiber having a hydrophilic group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, an amido group and a sulfonyl group. Specific examples of the hydrophilic base cloth include vegetable fiber, cotton, pulp, animal fiber, rayon, nylon, polyester, polyacrylonitrile, and polyvinyl alcohol.
Moreover, as a base fabric, a non-woven fabric, a cloth, a towel, a gauze, a cotton wool, etc. can be used, and a non-woven fabric is preferable.
　また、基布の目付（単位面積当たりの質量）は、１００ｇ／ｍ２以下が好ましい。上記組成物を基布に含浸させる際の含浸量は、基布の質量に対して１倍以上の量が好ましい。 The basis weight (mass per unit area) of the base fabric is preferably 100 g / m 2 or less. The amount of impregnation at the time of impregnating the composition with the base fabric is preferably an amount of one or more times the mass of the base fabric.
　以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. Materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as limited by the following examples.
［実施例１～３７、比較例１～３］
〔組成物の調製〕
＜実施例１＞
　２，４，６－トリヒドロキシ安息香酸メチル９０ｍｇ（４８９μｍｏｌ）を仕込んだガラス製容器に、エタノール２４ｍＬを加え、２，４，６－トリヒドロキシ安息香酸メチルをエタノールに溶解させた。次に、上記ガラス製容器内に、水と１ｍｏｌ／Ｌの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液とを、水の総量が６ｍＬ（溶媒の全体積に対するエタノール濃度８０体積％）、かつ、調液後の組成物のｐＨが９．５となるように加えて、組成物を得た。
　なお、ｐＨの測定は、下記方法により実施した。 [Examples 1 to 37, Comparative Examples 1 to 3]
[Preparation of composition]
Example 1
In a glass vessel charged with 90 mg (489 μmol) of methyl 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoate, 24 mL of ethanol was added, and methyl 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoate was dissolved in ethanol. Next, in the above-mentioned glass container, water and a 1 mol / L aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, the total amount of water being 6 mL (ethanol concentration 80% by volume relative to the total volume of the solvent), and the composition after preparation The composition was added to give a pH of 9.5.
In addition, the measurement of pH was implemented by the following method.
　（ｐＨの測定法）
　ｐＨ計（製品名「ｐＨ・水質分析計　ＬＡＱＵＡ　Ｆ－７２Ｓ」、（株）堀場製作所製）、及び、ｐＨ電極（製品名「６３７７－１０Ｄ」、（株）堀場製作所製）を用い、ｐＨ標準液にてｐＨを校正後に測定を行った。サンプル液を液温２５℃に調製後、電極をサンプル液に浸漬し、１～２分程度放置し、数値が安定化したときのｐＨの値を読み取った。 (Measurement method of pH)
pH standard using a pH meter (product name “pH • water quality analyzer LAQUA F-72S”, manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) and a pH electrode (product name “6377-10D”, manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) After the pH was calibrated with the solution, the measurement was performed. After preparing the sample solution at a solution temperature of 25 ° C., the electrode was immersed in the sample solution and allowed to stand for about 1 to 2 minutes, and the pH value when the numerical value was stabilized was read.
＜実施例２～３７、比較例１～３の組成物の調製＞
　実施例１の組成物の調製方法に準じて、表１に示す成分配合及びｐＨにて、実施例２～３７及び比較例１～３の組成物を調製した。 Preparation of Compositions of Examples 2 to 37 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3
The compositions of Examples 2 to 37 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were prepared according to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1 and at the component combinations and pH shown in Table 1.
〔評価〕
　調製した実施例１～３７及び比較例１～３の組成物について、以下に示す方法により、抗ウイルス活性の評価を実施した。 [Evaluation]
The evaluation of the antiviral activity was implemented by the method shown below about the prepared composition of Examples 1-37 and Comparative Examples 1-3.
＜抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価＞
　ＭＥＭ（Ｍｉｎｉｍｕｍ　Ｅｓｓｅｎｔｉａｌ　Ｍｅｄｉａ）培地中でネコカリシウイルス（Ｆｅｌｉｎｅ　ｃａｌｉｃｉｖｉｒｕｓ：ＡＴＣＣ　ＶＲ－７８２）を培養して得たウイルス液を、上記で作製した組成物に接種した後に、１０秒間撹拌した後、約２５℃にて１分間静置した。次に、ウイルス液接種後の組成物の液０．１ｍＬを回収し、９．９ｍＬのＳＣＤＬＰ培地（Ｓｏｙｂｅａｎ．　Ｃａｓｅｉｎ　Ｄｉｇｅｓｔ　Ａｇａｒ　ｗｉｔｈ　Ｌｅｃｉｔｈｉｎ　ａｎｄ　Ｐｏｌｙｓｏｒｂａｔｅ　８０、血清を終濃度１０％となるように添加したもの）に入れてよく混合し、試験液を得た。次に、寒天培地上で培養したＣＲＦＫ細胞（猫腎由来株化細胞、ＡＴＣＣ　ＣＣＬ－９４）に、上記試験液を０．１ｍＬ接種し、３７℃で１時間吸着させた。次に、ＣＲＦＫ細胞上の試験液を洗い流し、寒天培地を重層して、２～３日間培養した。培養後、形成されたプラーク数を計数し、感染価を算出し、これを「組成物の感染価」とした。また、組成物に代えて滅菌済精製水を用いた以外は上記と同様にして作製した検体についても感染価を算出し、これを「対照の感染価」とした。
　組成物の抗ウイルス性（抗ウイルス活性値）は下記式１を用いて算出し、計算結果を下記基準を用いて評価した。
　なお、評価に用いた組成物は、それぞれ調製した直後の組成物である。 <Evaluation of anti-cat calicivirus activity>
After inoculation of the virus solution obtained by cultivating feline calicivirus (ATCC VR-782) in MEM (Minimum Essential Media) medium into the composition prepared above, after stirring for 10 seconds, approximately 25 Let stand for 1 minute at ° C. Next, 0.1 mL of the composition solution after virus solution inoculation was collected, and 9.9 mL of SCDLP medium (Soybean. Casein Digest Agar with Lecithin and Polysorbate 80, serum was added to a final concentration of 10%) ) And mixed well to obtain a test solution. Next, 0.1 mL of the test solution was inoculated into CRFK cells (cat kidney cell line, ATCC CCL-94) cultured on an agar medium, and adsorbed at 37 ° C. for 1 hour. Next, the test solution on CRFK cells was washed away, the agar medium was overlaid, and the cells were cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of formed plaques was counted, the infectivity titer was calculated, and this was regarded as the "infectivity titer of the composition". Moreover, the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the composition and using sterilized purified water, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control."
The antiviral property (antiviral activity value) of the composition was calculated using Formula 1 below, and the calculation result was evaluated using the following criteria.
The compositions used for evaluation are the compositions immediately after preparation.
　式１：　抗ウイルス活性値＝Ａ－Ｂ
　上記Ａは、対照の感染価の常用対数値を表す。
　上記Ｂは、組成物の感染価の常用対数値を表す。 Formula 1: Antiviral activity value = AB
The above A represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the control.
The above B represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the composition.
（評価基準）
　「Ａ」：抗ウイルス活性値が４．０以上
　「Ｂ」：抗ウイルス活性値が３．５以上４．０未満
　「Ｃ」：抗ウイルス活性値が３．０以上３．５未満
　「Ｄ」：抗ウイルス活性値が２．０以上３．０未満
　「Ｅ」：抗ウイルス活性値が２．０未満 (Evaluation criteria)
"A": antiviral activity value of 4.0 or more "B": antiviral activity value of 3.5 or more and less than 4.0 "C": antiviral activity value of 3.0 or more and less than 3.5 "D" : The antiviral activity value is 2.0 or more and less than 3.0 "E": The antiviral activity value is less than 2.0
＜保存安定性の評価（調製から六ヶ月後の抗ウイルス活性、耐着色性）＞
　抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価において、各実施例又は比較例として用いた組成物について保存安定性の評価をした。
　調製後の組成物をガラス製容器にとり、遮光下室温（２３±３℃）で保管した。六ヶ月後、上記と同様にして抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価を行った。また、着色の様子を目視で観察して耐着色性を下記基準で評価した。 <Evaluation of storage stability (antiviral activity six months after preparation, color resistance)>
In the evaluation of anti-feline calicivirus activity, the storage stability was evaluated for the composition used as each example or comparative example.
The prepared composition was placed in a glass container and stored at room temperature (23 ± 3 ° C.) in the dark. Six months later, the evaluation of anti-feline calicivirus activity was performed as described above. Further, the coloration was visually observed to evaluate the coloration resistance based on the following criteria.
（評価基準）
「Ａ」：全く着色（変色）しなかった。
「Ｂ」：ごくわずかに着色（変色）した。
「Ｃ」：薄黄色に着色した。
「Ｄ」：茶色に着色した。 (Evaluation criteria)
"A": It did not color at all (discoloring).
"B": slightly colored (discolored).
"C": colored light yellow.
"D": colored in brown.
　下記表に、組成物の配合と結果との関係を示す。
　なお、下記表において、抗ウイルス剤の含有量は質量％基準であり、組成物の全質量に対する含有量を表す。
　下記表において示される実施例及び比較例の各組成物中、溶媒の含有量は、組成物の全質量に対して９３質量％以上であった。
　実施例２９における抗ウイルス剤とした化合物の記載は、両方の化合物が互変異性の関係にあることを示す。
　実施例３７におけるポリマーである化合物の重量平均分子量は１１０００である。 The following table shows the relationship between the composition of the composition and the results.
In addition, in the following table, content of an antiviral agent is a mass% reference | standard, and represents content with respect to the total mass of a composition.
In each composition of the Example shown in the following table and a comparative example, content of a solvent was 93 mass% or more with respect to the total mass of a composition.
The description of compounds designated as antiviral agents in Example 29 indicates that both compounds are in a tautomeric relationship.
The weight average molecular weight of the compound which is a polymer in Example 37 is 11,000.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
　表１の結果から、実施例の組成物は、ネコカリシウイルスに対して優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。
　また、組成物のネコカリシウイルスに対する抗ウイルス活性は、ｐＨが１０．０以上の場合より優れ、１０．５以上の場合更に優れることが確認された（実施例１～５の比較）。
　組成物のネコカリシウイルスに対する抗ウイルス活性は、アルコールの含有量が、溶媒の全体積に対して３０体積％以上である場合より優れ、４０体積％以上である場合更に優れることが確認された（実施例４及び６～１１の比較）。
　組成物のネコカリシウイルスに対する抗ウイルス活性は、フェノール系化合物（化合物Ａ及びＢ）の含有量が、組成物の全質量に対して０．１０質量％以上の場合、より優れることが確認された（実施例４及び１２～１４の比較）。
　化合物Ａを用いた場合、化合物Ｂを用いた場合と比べ、組成物のネコカリシウイルスに対する抗ウイルス活性がより優れることが確認された（実施例２９の結果）。 From the results in Table 1, it was confirmed that the compositions of the examples exhibited excellent antiviral activity against feline calicivirus.
In addition, it was confirmed that the antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus is superior to the case where the pH is 10.0 or more, and further excellent when the pH is 10.5 or more (comparison of Examples 1 to 5).
The antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus was confirmed to be superior to the case where the alcohol content is 30% by volume or more with respect to the total volume of the solvent, and further excellent when the content is 40% by volume or more Comparison of Examples 4 and 6-11).
The antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus was confirmed to be superior when the content of the phenolic compound (compound A and B) was 0.10% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the composition. Comparison of Examples 4 and 12-14.
When Compound A was used, it was confirmed that the antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus was more excellent than when Compound B was used (result of Example 29).
　また、表１の結果から、実施例の組成物は、保存安定性にも優れることが確認された。
　化合物Ａがハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基（特に置換基Ｔ群に属する基）を有している場合、組成物の保存安定性がより優れることが確認された（実施例３３とその他の実施例との比較）。
　式（１）中、全てのＲ１１が、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を表す場合、組成物の保存安定性がより優れることが確認された（実施例２６と３０との比較）。
　ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基が、－ＣＯ－Ｏ－ＲＳ２（特に、アルコキシカルボニル基）、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＳ２ ２、アリールアゾ基、又は、カルボキシル基である場合、組成物の保存安定性がより優れることが確認された（実施例４、１９、２０、２１、２２、２３、及び、３２の比較。実施例２４、２５、及び、３１の比較）。
　式（１）中、Ｘ１１が－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝で表される場合、組成物の保存安定性がより優れることが確認された（実施例２０と２５との比較）。
　フェノール系化合物が、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基（特に置換基Ｓ群に属する基）であるＲｑ２１を有する式（Ｑ２）で表される化合物の場合、組成物の保存安定性がより優れることが確認された（実施例２４と２７との比較）。 Moreover, it was confirmed from the result of Table 1 that the composition of the Example is excellent also in storage stability.
It was confirmed that the storage stability of the composition is more excellent when the compound A has a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0 (in particular, a group belonging to the substituent T group) (Example 33 and the other examples).
When all R 11 in the formula (1) represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0, it was confirmed that the storage stability of the composition is more excellent (Example 26) And 30 compared).
Substituent Hammett substituent constant sigma p is greater than zero, -CO-O-R S2 (in particular, alkoxycarbonyl group), - CO-NR S2 2 , arylazo group, or, when a carboxyl group, the composition It was confirmed that the storage stability of is superior (comparison of Examples 4, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 32. Comparison of Examples 24, 25, and 31).
It was confirmed that the storage stability of the composition is more excellent when X 11 is represented by —C (OH) = in the formula (1) (comparison with Examples 20 and 25).
When the phenolic compound is a compound represented by the formula (Q2) having R q21 which is a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0 (in particular, a group belonging to the substituent S group), preservation of the composition It was confirmed that the stability is more excellent (comparison with Examples 24 and 27).
［実施例３８～５９］
〔抗ウイルス用組成物の調製〕
＜実施例３８～５９の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製＞
　実施例１の抗ウイルス用組成物の調製方法に準じて、表２に示す成分配合及びｐＨにて実施例３８～５９の抗ウイルス用組成物を調製し、実施例１と同様の評価を行った。 [Examples 38 to 59]
[Preparation of composition for antiviral agent]
Preparation of antiviral composition of Examples 38 to 59
According to the preparation method of the composition for antiviral of Example 1, the composition for antiviral of Examples 38 to 59 is prepared with the component combination and pH shown in Table 2, and the same evaluation as in Example 1 is performed. The
＜ＣｌｏｇＰ値の測定＞
　なお、化合物のＣｌｏｇＰ値（表中「分子のＣｌｏｇＰ値」として記載。）、炭化水素のＣｌｏｇＰ値は、ＣｈｅｍＢｉｏＤｒａｗ　Ｕｌｔｒａ　Ｖｅｒ１３で計算した。なお、ここでいう「炭化水素基」とは、各化合物中の＊－ＣＯＯＲＸ１、＊－ＣＯＮ（ＲＸ１）（ＲＸ２）、＊－ＣＯＮＨＲＸ１、及び＊－ＣＯＯ－ＲＸ２－ＯＣＯ－＊（例えば、実施例５７～実施例５９中の２個のＷを連結する基が該当）で表される部位の「ＲＸ１」「ＲＸ２」を意図する。また、炭化水素基の数とは、各化合物中の＊－ＣＯＯＲＸ１、＊－ＣＯＮ（ＲＸ１）（ＲＸ２）、＊－ＣＯＮＨＲＸ１、又は＊－ＣＯＯ－ＲＸ２－ＯＣＯ－＊で表される部位の「ＲＸ１」「ＲＸ２」の炭素数を意図する。なお、＊－ＣＯＮ（ＲＸ１）（ＲＸ２）については、「ＲＸ１」「ＲＸ２」の合計炭素数を炭化水素基の数とする。 <Measurement of ClogP value>
In addition, the ClogP value of the compound (described as “ClogP value of molecule” in the table) and the ClogP value of hydrocarbon were calculated by ChemBioDraw Ultra Ver 13. The term “hydrocarbon group” as used herein refers to * -COOR X1 , * -CON (R X1 ) (R X2 ), * -CONHR X1 and * -COO-R X2 -OCO- * in each compound. (For example, “R X1 ”, “R X2 ” of a site represented by (for example, a group connecting two W in Examples 57 to 59 is applicable) is intended. Further, the number of hydrocarbon groups is represented by * -COOR X1 , * -CON (R X1 ) (R X2 ), * -CONHR X1 or * -COO-R X2- OCO- * in each compound. The carbon number of "R X1 " and "R X2 " of the site is intended. Note that, for * -CON (R X1 ) (R X2 ), the total carbon number of "R X1 " and "R X2 " is the number of hydrocarbon groups.
　以下の表において、「ｏｌｅｙｌ」とは、Ｃ１８Ｈ３５で表される不飽和アルキル基を意図する。 In the following table, "oleyl" intends an unsaturated alkyl group represented by C 18 H 35 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
　表２の結果から、化合物Ａに該当する化合物において、化合物自体のＣｌｏｇＰ値が５．００以上（好ましくは７．００以上）の場合、組成物のネコカリシウイルスに対する抗ウイルス活性がより優れることが確認された。また、組成物の保存安定性にも優れることが確認された。 From the results in Table 2, it can be seen that in the compound corresponding to Compound A, when the ClogP value of the compound itself is 5.00 or more (preferably 7.00 or more), the antiviral activity of the composition against feline calicivirus is more excellent confirmed. Moreover, it was confirmed that the storage stability of the composition is also excellent.
［実施例６０～６５、比較例４～５］
〔組成物の調製〕
＜実施例６０～６５、比較例４～５の組成物の調製＞
　実施例１の組成物の調製方法に準じて、表３に示す成分配合及びｐＨにて、実施例６０～６５及び比較例４～５の組成物を調製した。 [Examples 60 to 65, Comparative Examples 4 to 5]
[Preparation of composition]
Preparation of Compositions of Examples 60 to 65 and Comparative Examples 4 to 5
According to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1, the compositions of Examples 60 to 65 and Comparative Examples 4 to 5 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 3.
〔評価〕
＜ウェットワイパー形態での抗ウイルス活性の評価＞
　日本衛生材料工業会が定める「ウェットワイパー類の除菌性能試験方法（平成２７年１１月１６日改定版）」を参考にして、表３に示す組成物について、拭き取り試験を実施した。具体的な要領としては、日本衛生材料工業会が定める「ウェットワイパー類の除菌性能試験方法（平成２７年１１月１６日改定版）」に準じて、試験担体に、ＭＥＭ（Ｍｉｎｉｍｕｍ　Ｅｓｓｅｎｔｉａｌ　Ｍｅｄｉａ）培地中でネコカリシウイルス（Ｆｅｌｉｎｅ　ｃａｌｉｃｉｖｉｒｕｓ：ＡＴＣＣ　ＶＲ－７８２）を培養して得たウイルス液接種し、これを乾燥後、各組成物を含浸させた試験布を巻きつけたおもりで拭き取った。次に、上記試験担体（ステンレス板）をＳＣＤＬＰ培地２０ｍＬに入れ、試験担体から残存したウイルスを洗い出し、検体作成用のウイルス液とした。また、抗ウイルス用組成物を含浸させた試験布に代えて、滅菌精製水を含浸させた試験布を用いた以外は上記と同様にして、対照検体作成用のウイルス液を得た。次に、上記検体作成用のウイルス液の０．１ｍＬを寒天培地上で培養したＣＲＦＫ細胞に接種し、３７℃で１時間吸着させた。次に、ＣＲＦＫ細胞上の試験液を洗い流し、寒天培地を重層して２～３日間培養した。培養後、寒天培地上に形成されたプラーク数を計数し、感染価を算出し、これを「抗ウイルス用組成物の感染価」とした。また、検体作成用のウイルス液に代えて対照検体作成用のウイルス液を用いた以外は上記と同様にして作製した検体についても感染価を算出し、これを「対照の感染価」とした。 [Evaluation]
<Evaluation of antiviral activity in the form of wet wiper>
The wiping test was carried out for the composition shown in Table 3 with reference to “Test method of sterilization performance of wet wipers (revised November 16, 2015)” defined by the Japan Sanitation Material Industries Association. As a specific point, MEM (Minimum Essential Media) is used as a test carrier according to the “Test method for sterilization performance of wet wipers (revised November 16, 2015)” defined by the Japan Sanitation Material Industry Association. A virus solution obtained by cultivating feline calicivirus (Feline calicivirus: ATCC VR-782) was inoculated in the medium, dried, and wiped off with a test cloth impregnated with each composition. Next, the test carrier (stainless steel plate) was placed in 20 mL of SCDLP medium, and the virus remaining from the test carrier was washed out to obtain a virus solution for sample preparation. Further, a virus solution for preparing a control sample was obtained in the same manner as described above except that a test cloth impregnated with sterile purified water was used instead of the test cloth impregnated with the antiviral composition. Next, CRFK cells cultured on agar medium were inoculated with 0.1 mL of the virus solution for sample preparation, and adsorbed at 37 ° C. for 1 hour. Next, the test solution on CRFK cells was washed away, and the agar medium was overlaid and cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of plaques formed on the agar medium was counted to calculate the infectivity titer, which was defined as "infectivity titer of the composition for antiviral agent". Moreover, the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the virus liquid for sample preparation, and having used the virus liquid for control sample preparation, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control."
　式２：　抗ウイルス活性値＝Ａ－Ｂ
　上記Ａは、対照の感染価の常用対数値を表す。
　上記Ｂは、組成物の感染価の常用対数値を表す。 Formula 2: Antiviral activity value = AB
The above A represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the control.
The above B represents the common logarithm of the infectivity titer of the composition.
（評価基準）
　「Ａ」：抗ウイルス活性値が２．５以上
　「Ｂ」：抗ウイルス活性値が２．０以上２．５未満
　「Ｃ」：抗ウイルス活性値が２．０未満 (Evaluation criteria)
"A": antiviral activity value is 2.5 or more "B": antiviral activity value is 2.0 or more and less than 2.5 "C": antiviral activity value is less than 2.0
＜拭き取りばらつきの評価＞
　表３に示す組成物をそれぞれ５ロットずつ作製し、それぞれに対して、上記と同様の方法で拭き取り試験を実施した。次いで、同様の方法で抗ウイルス活性値を算出し、下記評価基準により評価した。 <Evaluation of wiping variation>
Five lots of each of the compositions shown in Table 3 were prepared, and a wiping test was conducted on each of them in the same manner as described above. Subsequently, the antiviral activity value was calculated by the same method, and the following evaluation criteria evaluated.
（評価基準）
　「Ａ」：抗ウイルス活性値の最大値と最小値の差が０．３未満
　「Ｂ」：抗ウイルス活性値の最大値と最小値の差が０．３以上、０．５未満
　「Ｃ」：抗ウイルス活性値の最大値と最小値の差が０．５以上 (Evaluation criteria)
"A": The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the antiviral activity value is less than 0.3 "B": The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the antiviral activity value is 0.3 or more and less than 0.5 "C" : The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the antiviral activity value is 0.5 or more
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
　表３の結果から、炭素数２以下のアルコール（エタノール及びメタノール）と、炭素数３以上のアルコール（イソプロパノール、１－ブタノール、及び、２－ペンタノール）とを併用すると、抗ウイルス活性が向上し、ばらつきが小さくなることが分かった。イソプロパノール（ＣＬｏｇＰ値：０．０７４０）、１－ブタノール（ＣＬｏｇＰ値：０．８２３）、及び、２－ペンタノール（ＣＬｏｇＰ値：１．１３）は、エタノール（ＣＬｏｇＰ値：－０．２３５）及びメタノール（ＣＬｏｇＰ値：－０．７６４）より脂溶性が高く、界面活性機能が高いと想定される。この結果として、炭素数２以下のアルコール及び炭素数３以上のアルコールを併用した実施例６０～６５は、炭素数２以下のアルコールを単独で用いた実施例４と比較すると、アルコール類とフェノキサイドアニオンとの相乗効果がより強化され、抗ウイルス活性が向上するとともに、物理的にウイルス及び汚れを除去できたためと考えられる。 From the results in Table 3, the antiviral activity is improved by using an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms (ethanol and methanol) and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms (isopropanol, 1-butanol and 2-pentanol) in combination. It was found that the variation was small. Isopropanol (C Log P value: 0.0740), 1-butanol (C Log P value: 0.823), and 2-pentanol (C Log P value: 1.13) were ethanol (C Log P value:-0.235) and methanol It is assumed that the lipid solubility is higher than (CLogP value: -0.764) and the surfactant function is high. As a result, Examples 60 to 65 in which the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and the alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms are used in combination are compared with the alcohols and fenoxides in comparison with Example 4 in which the alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms is used alone. It is considered that the synergistic effect with the anion is further strengthened, the antiviral activity is improved, and the virus and the stain can be physically removed.
［実施例６６～７１、比較例６］
〔組成物の調製〕
＜実施例６６～７１、比較例６の組成物の調製＞
　実施例１の組成物の調製方法に準じて、表４に示す成分配合及びｐＨにて、実施例６６～７１、比較例６の組成物を調製した。なお、添加剤の含有量は、組成物の全質量に対する含有量（質量％）である。 [Examples 66 to 71, Comparative Example 6]
[Preparation of composition]
Preparation of Compositions of Examples 66 to 71 and Comparative Example 6
According to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1, the compositions of Examples 66 to 71 and Comparative Example 6 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 4. In addition, content of an additive is content (mass%) with respect to the total mass of a composition.
〔評価〕
＜抗ウイルス活性値の評価＞
　実施例４、実施例６６～７１、及び比較例６の組成物について、上述したのと同様の方法により＜ウェットワイパー形態での抗ウイルス活性の評価＞及び＜拭き取りばらつきの評価＞を行った。 [Evaluation]
<Evaluation of antiviral activity value>
<Evaluation of antiviral activity in the form of a wet wiper> and <evaluation of variation in wiping> were performed on the compositions of Examples 4, 66 to 71 and Comparative Example 6 in the same manner as described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
　表４に示す結果より、添加剤として界面活性剤を使用した場合、抗ウイルス活性が向上し、抗ウイルス活性のばらつきが低減することが確認された。 From the results shown in Table 4, it was confirmed that when the surfactant was used as the additive, the antiviral activity was improved and the variation of the antiviral activity was reduced.
［実施例７２～７５］
〔組成物の調製〕
＜実施例７２～７５の組成物の調製＞
　実施例１の組成物の調製方法に準じて、表５に示す成分配合及びｐＨにて、実施例７２～７５の組成物を調製した。なお、添加剤の含有量は、組成物の全質量に対する含有量（質量％）である。 [Examples 72 to 75]
[Preparation of composition]
Preparation of Compositions of Examples 72 to 75
According to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1, the compositions of Examples 72 to 75 were prepared with the component combinations and pH shown in Table 5. In addition, content of an additive is content (mass%) with respect to the total mass of a composition.
〔評価〕
＜抗ウイルス活性値の評価＞
　実施例１０、及び実施例７２～７５の組成物について、上述したのと同様の方法により＜抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価＞を行った。 [Evaluation]
<Evaluation of antiviral activity value>
<Evaluation of anti-feline calicivirus activity> was performed on the compositions of Example 10 and Examples 72 to 75 by the same method as described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
　表５に示す結果より、組成物が、添加剤として他のフェノール系化合物又は４級アンモニウム塩を含んでいる場合、より優れた抗ウイルス活性を示すことが確認された。 From the results shown in Table 5, it was confirmed that the composition exhibits better antiviral activity when it contains other phenolic compounds or quaternary ammonium salts as additives.
［実施例７６］
〔組成物の調製〕
＜実施例７６の組成物の調製＞
　実施例１の組成物の調製方法に準じて、表６に示す成分配合及びｐＨにて、実施例７６の組成物を調製した。 [Example 76]
[Preparation of composition]
Preparation of Composition of Example 76
The composition of Example 76 was prepared according to the preparation method of the composition of Example 1 using the component combinations and pH shown in Table 6.
〔評価〕
　表６に示す組成物について、インフルエンザウイルス及び一般細菌に対する活性評価を行った。 [Evaluation]
The compositions shown in Table 6 were evaluated for activity against influenza virus and general bacteria.
＜抗インフルエンザウイルス活性の評価＞
　ＭＥＭ（Ｍｉｎｉｍｕｍ　Ｅｓｓｅｎｔｉａｌ　Ｍｅｄｉａ）培地中でインフルエンザウィルス（Ｉｎｆｌｕｅｎｚａ　Ａ　ｖｉｒｕｓ（Ｈ３Ｎ２）：ＡＴＣＣ　ＶＲ－１６７９）を培養して得たウイルス液を、上記で作製した組成物に接種した後に、１０秒間撹拌し、約２５℃で１分間静置した。次に、ウイルス液接種後の組成物の０．１ｍＬを回収し、９．９ｍＬのＳＣＤＬＰ培地（Ｓｏｙｂｅａｎ－Ｃａｓｅｉｎ　Ｄｉｇｅｓｔ　Ｂｒｏｔｈ　ｗｉｔｈ　Ｌｅｃｉｔｈｉｎ　＆　Ｐｏｌｙｓｏｒｂａｔｅ　８０）に入れてよく混合し、試験液を得た。次に、寒天培地上で培養したＭＤＣＫ細胞（犬腎尿細管上皮由来細胞、ＡＴＣＣ　ＣＣＬ－３４）に、上記試験液を０．１ｍＬ接種し、３４℃で１時間吸着させた。次に、ＭＤＣＫ細胞上の試験液を洗い流し、寒天培地を重層して２～３日間培養した。培養後、寒天培地上に形成されたプラーク数を計数し、感染価を算出し、これを「組成物の感染価」とした。また、組成物に代えて滅菌済精製水を用いた以外は上記と同様にして作製した検体についても感染価を算出し、これを「対照の感染価」とした。
　抗ウイルス活性値の算出及び評価については、実施例１の抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価と同様に行った。 <Evaluation of anti-influenza virus activity>
After inoculation of the virus solution obtained by culturing influenza virus (Influenza A virus (H3N2): ATCC VR-1679) in MEM (Minimum Essential Media) medium into the composition prepared above, it is stirred for 10 seconds, It was allowed to stand at about 25 ° C. for 1 minute. Next, 0.1 mL of the composition after virus solution inoculation was collected and placed in 9.9 mL of SCDLP medium (Soybean-Casein Digest Broth with Lecithin & Polysorbate 80) and mixed well to obtain a test solution. Next, 0.1 mL of the above test solution was inoculated into MDCK cells (dog renal tubular epithelial derived cells, ATCC CCL-34) cultured on an agar medium, and adsorbed at 34 ° C. for 1 hour. Next, the test solution on MDCK cells was washed away, and the agar medium was overlaid and cultured for 2 to 3 days. After the culture, the number of plaques formed on the agar medium was counted to calculate the infectivity titer, which was defined as the "infectivity titer of the composition". Moreover, the infectivity titer was calculated also about the sample produced similarly to the above except having replaced with the composition and using sterilized purified water, and this was made into "the infectivity titer of control."
The calculation and evaluation of the antiviral activity value were performed in the same manner as the evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity of Example 1.
＜除菌（大腸菌及び黄色ぶどう球菌）能力の評価＞
　洗剤・石けん公正取引協議会が定める、住宅用合成洗剤及び石けんの除菌活性試験方法を用いて試験を実施した。試験に用いた細菌の菌株は、大腸菌：Ｅｓｃｈｅｒｉｃｈｉａ　ｃｏｌｉ　ＮＢＲＣ　３９７２、黄色ぶどう球菌：Ｓｔａｐｈｙｌｏｃｏｃｃｕｓ　ａｕｒｅｕｓ　ＮＢＲＣ　１２７３２とした。抗菌活性値の算出及び評価については、実施例１の抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価と同様に行った。 <Evaluation of eradication (E. coli and Staphylococcus aureus) ability>
Tests were carried out using the method for testing the disinfectant activity of synthetic household detergents and soaps as defined by the Detergents and Soap Fair Trade Council. The strain of bacteria used for the test was E. coli: Escherichia coli NBRC 3972, and Staphylococcus aureus: Staphylococcus aureus NBRC 12732. The calculation and evaluation of the antibacterial activity value were performed in the same manner as the evaluation of the anti-feline calicivirus activity of Example 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
　表６に示す結果より、本発明の組成物はインフルエンザウイルス及び細菌に対しても高い活性を示すことが確認された。 From the results shown in Table 6, it was confirmed that the composition of the present invention exhibits high activity against influenza virus and bacteria.
［実施例７７、実施例７８、比較例７］
〔組成物の調製〕
＜実施例７７、実施例７８、比較例７の組成物の調製＞
　実施例１の組成物の調製方法に準じて、表７に示す成分配合及びｐＨにて、実施例７７、実施例７８の組成物を調製した。
　比較例７の組成物として、次亜塩素酸ナトリウム水溶液を調製した。 [Example 77, Example 78, Comparative Example 7]
[Preparation of composition]
Preparation of Compositions of Example 77, Example 78, and Comparative Example 7
The compositions of Example 77 and Example 78 were prepared according to the method of preparing the composition of Example 1 and at the component combinations and pH shown in Table 7.
As a composition of Comparative Example 7, an aqueous solution of sodium hypochlorite was prepared.
　＜金属腐食性の評価＞
　表７に記載の各組成物約１００ｍＬをステンレス製のバットにとり、密閉条件下、室温でアルミニウム、銅、及び、真鍮の各プレートを浸漬した。一週間後、各プレートを取り出し、目視でプレート表面を観察し、下記基準で評価した。 <Evaluation of metal corrosiveness>
About 100 mL of each composition described in Table 7 was placed in a stainless steel vat, and each plate of aluminum, copper and brass was immersed at room temperature under closed conditions. After one week, each plate was taken out, the plate surface was visually observed, and evaluated according to the following criteria.
（評価基準）
Ａ：変化なし。
Ｂ：光沢の低下や若干の色の変化が確認された。
Ｃ：錆が発生した。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: No change.
B: Decrease in gloss and slight color change were confirmed.
C: Rust has occurred.
　また、各組成物について、上述したのと同様の方法により＜抗ネコカリシウイルス活性の評価＞を行った。 Further, <Evaluation of anti-feline calicivirus activity> was performed for each composition by the same method as described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
　ｐＨが１２．０以下の実施例１～５及び実施例７８の組成物では、アルミ板、銅、及び、真鍮に対する腐食がほぼ観測されないことが確認された。ｐＨが１２．０超の実施例７７ではアルミニウムに対して若干の腐食が確認された。
　また、ノロウイルス消毒剤として汎用される次亜塩素酸ナトリウムでは、アルミニウム対する若干の腐食と、銅及び真鍮に対する激しい腐食が確認された。 It was confirmed that in the compositions of Examples 1 to 5 and Example 78 having a pH of 12.0 or less, almost no corrosion was observed on the aluminum plate, copper and brass. Some corrosion was confirmed to aluminum in Example 77 whose pH is more than 12.0.
In addition, sodium hypochlorite, which is widely used as a norovirus disinfectant, showed some corrosion to aluminum and severe corrosion to copper and brass.

Claims (23)

  1. 　化合物Ａ及び化合物Ｂからなる群から選択されるフェノール系化合物と、
    　溶媒と、を含み、
    　ｐＨが９．３超１４．０以下である、組成物。
    　化合物Ａ：２個以上の水酸基が置換している６員環の芳香環基として、式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基のみを有する化合物
    　化合物Ｂ：式（２）で表される化合物
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     　式（１）中、Ｘ１１は、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝、窒素原子、又は、－ＣＲ１１＝を表す。Ｘ１２～Ｘ１４は、それぞれ独立に、－ＣＲ１１＝又は窒素原子を表す。
    　Ｒ１１は、水酸基以外の置換基又は水素原子を表す。
    　－ＣＲ１１＝が複数存在する場合、複数のＲ１１はそれぞれ同一でもよく異なっていてもよい。複数のＲ１１同士は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。     A phenolic compound selected from the group consisting of Compound A and Compound B;
    A solvent, and
    The composition, wherein the pH is greater than 9.3 and less than 14.0.
    Compound A: A residue obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms other than a hydrogen atom in a hydroxyl group in a compound represented by the formula (1) as a 6-membered aromatic ring group substituted by two or more hydroxyl groups Compound having only a group Compound B: Compound represented by Formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     In formula (1), X 11 represents —C (OH) =, a nitrogen atom, or —CR 11 =. Each of X 12 to X 14 independently represents —CR 11 = or a nitrogen atom.
    R 11 represents a substituent other than a hydroxyl group or a hydrogen atom.
    When there are a plurality of -CR 11 =, each R 11 may be the same as or different from each other. Plural R 11 's may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  2. 　式（１）中のＸ１１～Ｘ１４の少なくとも１個が、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基であるＲ１１を有する－ＣＲ１１＝を表す、請求項１に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein at least one of X 11 to X 14 in formula (1) represents -CR 11 = having R 11 which is a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of greater than 0. object.
  3. 　Ｒ１１で表される、水酸基以外の置換基が、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基である、請求項１又は２に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the substituent other than a hydroxyl group represented by R 11 is a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0.
  4. 　前記式（１）で表される化合物が式（３）で表される化合物である、請求項１～３のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     　式（３）中、Ｒ３１は、ハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を表す。Ｘ３１は、－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝、窒素原子又は－ＣＲ３２＝を表す。Ｘ３２～Ｘ３３は、それぞれ独立に、窒素原子又は－ＣＲ３２＝を表す。Ｒ３２は、水素原子又はハメット置換基定数σｐが０よりも大きい置換基を表す。
    　Ｒ３１とＲ３２は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、Ｒ３２同士は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。     The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound represented by the formula (1) is a compound represented by the formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     In formula (3), R 31 represents a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of greater than 0. X 31 represents —C (OH) =, a nitrogen atom or —CR 32 =. Each of X 32 to X 33 independently represents a nitrogen atom or -CR 32 =. R 32 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent having a Hammett substituent constant σ p of more than 0.
    R 31 and R 32 may bond to each other to form a ring, R 32 to each other may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  5. 　前記フェノール系化合物が、化合物Ａとして、Ｘ１１が－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝で表される式（１）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基のみを有する化合物を含む、請求項１～３のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 One or more hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups in a compound represented by the formula (1) in which X 11 is represented by —C (OH) = as the compound A are removed as the compound A A composition according to any one of the preceding claims comprising a compound having only residues.
  6. 　前記フェノール系化合物が、化合物Ａとして、Ｘ３１が－Ｃ（ＯＨ）＝で表される式（３）で表される化合物中の、水酸基中の水素原子以外の水素原子を１個以上除いた残基のみを有する化合物を含む、請求項４に記載の組成物。 One or more hydrogen atoms other than hydrogen atoms in hydroxyl groups in a compound represented by the formula (3) in which X 31 is represented by —C (OH) = as the compound A are removed as the compound A The composition according to claim 4, comprising a compound having only a residue.
  7. 　前記化合物ＡのＣＬｏｇＰが、５．００～２０．００である、請求項１～６のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein CLogP of the compound A is 5.00 to 20.00.
  8. 　前記化合物ＡのＣＬｏｇＰが、７．００～１５．００である、請求項１～７のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein CLogP of the compound A is 7.00 to 15.00.
  9. 　前記溶媒が、アルコールを含む、請求項１～８のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 A composition according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the solvent comprises an alcohol.
  10. 　前記アルコールの含有量が、前記溶媒の全体積に対して、３０～１００体積％である、請求項９に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 9, wherein the content of the alcohol is 30 to 100% by volume based on the total volume of the solvent.
  11. 　前記アルコールの含有量が、前記溶媒の全体積に対して、４０～１００体積％である、請求項９又は１０に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 9, wherein the content of the alcohol is 40 to 100% by volume based on the total volume of the solvent.
  12. 　前記アルコールが、炭素数２以下のアルコールと、炭素数３以上のアルコールと、を含む、請求項９～１１のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the alcohol comprises an alcohol having 2 or less carbon atoms and an alcohol having 3 or more carbon atoms.
  13. 　前記組成物中の、前記フェノール系化合物の合計含有量が、前記組成物の全質量に対して、０．１０～５．００質量％である、請求項１～１２のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The total content of the said phenolic compound in the said composition is 0.10-5.00 mass% with respect to the total mass of the said composition, It is any one of Claims 1-12. Composition of
  14. 　ｐＨが、１０．０～１２．０である、請求項１～１３のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the pH is 10.0 to 12.0.
  15. 　更に、４級アンモニウム塩を含む、請求項１～１４のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a quaternary ammonium salt.
  16. 　更に、界面活性剤を含む、請求項１～１５のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a surfactant.
  17. 　液剤である、請求項１～１６のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 16, which is a solution.
  18. 　ジェル剤である、請求項１～１６のいずれか１項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 16, which is a gel.
  19. 　請求項１～１８のいずれか１項に記載の組成物からなる、抗菌組成物。 An antimicrobial composition comprising the composition according to any one of the preceding claims.
  20. 　請求項１～１９のいずれか１項に記載の組成物からなる、抗ウイルス用組成物。 An antiviral composition comprising the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 19.
  21. 　請求項１～２０のいずれか１項に記載の組成物からなる、抗ノロウイルス用組成物。 An anti-norovirus composition comprising the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 20.
  22. 　スプレー容器と、前記スプレー容器に収容された請求項１～１８のいずれか１項に記載の組成物と、を含む、スプレー。 A spray comprising a spray container and the composition according to any one of the preceding claims contained in said spray container.
  23. 　基布と、前記基布に含浸させた請求項１～１８のいずれか１項に記載の組成物と、を含む、ワイパー。 A wiper comprising a backing and a composition according to any one of the preceding claims impregnated into the backing.
PCT/JP2018/039436 2017-10-31 2018-10-24 Composition, antimicrobial composition, antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray and wiper WO2019087884A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019551184A JPWO2019087884A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2018-10-24 Compositions, antibacterial compositions, antiviral compositions, antinorovirus compositions, sprays, wipers

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017211412 2017-10-31
JP2017-211412 2017-10-31
JP2018-141744 2018-07-27
JP2018141744 2018-07-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019087884A1 true WO2019087884A1 (en) 2019-05-09

Family

ID=66331789

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/039436 WO2019087884A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2018-10-24 Composition, antimicrobial composition, antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray and wiper

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2019087884A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2019087884A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020022437A1 (en) * 2018-07-27 2020-01-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper and compound
JP7236065B1 (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-03-09 塩野義製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition containing triazine derivative
WO2023054292A1 (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-04-06 塩野義製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition containing triazine derivative
JP7253866B1 (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-04-07 塩野義製薬株式会社 Orally Administered Formulations Containing Triazine Derivatives
JP7273455B1 (en) * 2022-01-19 2023-05-15 塩野義製薬株式会社 Drugs for the treatment of novel coronavirus infection
WO2023145619A1 (en) * 2022-01-31 2023-08-03 花王株式会社 Non-enveloped virus inactivation composition
CN116782904A (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-09-19 盐野义制药株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition containing triazine derivative

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007080669A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-07-19 Microbiotech Inc. Antiviral/antiinflammatory drug composition
JP2008169189A (en) * 2007-01-10 2008-07-24 Yoshihiko Okubo Agent for solidifying and disinfecting vomit
JP2009502985A (en) * 2005-08-02 2009-01-29 ションホア （グアーンジョウ） ファーマスーティカル サイエンス アンド テクノロジー カンパニー リミテッド Use of hydroxybenzoates and analogues for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention and treatment of viral infections
JP2018035098A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 株式会社ニイタカ Antiseptic solution and sanitary material

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009502985A (en) * 2005-08-02 2009-01-29 ションホア （グアーンジョウ） ファーマスーティカル サイエンス アンド テクノロジー カンパニー リミテッド Use of hydroxybenzoates and analogues for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention and treatment of viral infections
WO2007080669A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-07-19 Microbiotech Inc. Antiviral/antiinflammatory drug composition
JP2008169189A (en) * 2007-01-10 2008-07-24 Yoshihiko Okubo Agent for solidifying and disinfecting vomit
JP2018035098A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 株式会社ニイタカ Antiseptic solution and sanitary material

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020022437A1 (en) * 2018-07-27 2020-01-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper and compound
JP7236065B1 (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-03-09 塩野義製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition containing triazine derivative
WO2023054292A1 (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-04-06 塩野義製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition containing triazine derivative
CN116782904A (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-09-19 盐野义制药株式会社 Pharmaceutical composition containing triazine derivative
JP7253866B1 (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-04-07 塩野義製薬株式会社 Orally Administered Formulations Containing Triazine Derivatives
JP7273455B1 (en) * 2022-01-19 2023-05-15 塩野義製薬株式会社 Drugs for the treatment of novel coronavirus infection
WO2023054732A3 (en) * 2022-01-19 2023-06-15 塩野義製薬株式会社 Pharmaceutical for treating novel coronavirus infection
WO2023145619A1 (en) * 2022-01-31 2023-08-03 花王株式会社 Non-enveloped virus inactivation composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019087884A1 (en) 2020-11-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019087884A1 (en) Composition, antimicrobial composition, antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray and wiper
WO2019087883A1 (en) Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper
TWI439274B (en) Antiviral method
JP7173888B2 (en) composition, spray, wiper
KR20120058571A (en) Use of 1,3-diols as biocides
JP7168678B2 (en) composition, spray, wiper
JP7022216B2 (en) Antiviral compositions, antinorovirus compositions, sprays, wipers, compounds
JP7157172B2 (en) composition, spray, wiper
WO2020045413A1 (en) Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, and wiper
WO2019087888A1 (en) Composition, antimicrobial composition, antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray and wipe
WO2019087881A1 (en) Antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper
WO2020152245A1 (en) Virucidal composition
JP7132332B2 (en) antiviral composition, anti-norovirus composition, spray, wiper, compound
DE102015217983A1 (en) Release of fragrances from microcapsules
EP3233821A1 (en) Orthoformic acid esters as pro-fragrances
US9018263B2 (en) Antimicrobial compositions comprising trimethylene glycol oligomer and methods of using the compositions
JP2019531324A5 (en)
WO2022038955A1 (en) Virus inactivating agent composition, virus inactivation efficacy enhancing method, and virus inactivation method
WO2020066570A1 (en) Composition, spray, wiper
JP2019531324A (en) Bactericidal composition
JP2022098274A (en) Agent for disinfection and deodorization
JP2019081743A (en) Composition, spray, and wiper
CN113826623A (en) Bio-based disinfectant and preparation method
JP7333207B2 (en) antibacterial composition
US9271911B2 (en) Quarternary amine surfactant cleaner

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18872218

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019551184

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18872218

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1